Today's Hours: 12:00pm - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    edited by Vivian Vimarlund.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the ecosystem for two-sided markets, barriers and facilittors / V. Vimarlund and T. Mettler
    Patient safety and health information technology / E.M. Borycki and A.W. Kushniruk
    Usability of healthcare information technology / A.W. Kushniruk and E.M. Borycki
    Inclusive design in ecosystems / J. Mitchell and J. Treviranus
    Privacy, trust and security in two-sided markets / P.S. Ruotsalainen
    Sustainable and viable introduction of tele-technologies in healthcare / L. Botin, P.Bertelsen and C. Nøhr
    Implementation and evaluation of e-health ecosystems in two-sided markets / P. Nykänen
    HIT implementation and coordinated care delivery from the perspective of multi-sided markets / C.E. Kuziemsky
    Explaining healthcare as a two-sided market using design patterns for IT-business models / M. Eurich and T. Mettler
    Business models in two-sided markets (analysis of potential paymants and reimbursement models that can be used) V. Vimarlund and T. Mettler
    The future of two-sided health markets / V. Vimarlund.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Davor Mucic and Donald M. Hilty, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the use of telecommunication technologies to provide mental health services to individuals in communities or locations that are underserviced, typically as a result of their geographic isolation or due to cultural and/or linguistic barriers. The potential of the e-Mental Health approach is demonstrated in various mental health settings by describing concrete clinical examples and applications involving novel strategies for employing technology. Further, the book presents an approach to cooperation on a global level based on the exchange of expertise and knowledge across national boundaries. The target audience includes mental health workers (clinicians and staff members), medical and nursing students, academic researchers, technology professionals and health care policy makers.

    Contents:
    INTRODUCTION
    Technology, health and contemporary practice: how does telemental health fit it and what does it offer?
    Unexpected events with new technologies: addiction, consequences on communication
    PREVENTION, EARLY DETECTION AND HEALTH PROMOTION
    Telemental health improves access to care, promotes health, facilitates prevention and provides evidence-based treatments at a distance
    How to evaluate your telemental health program, make improvements and increase clinical, fiscal and administrative
    Treatment of cross cultural populations world wide (international perspectives of telepsychiatry)
    CLINICAL CARE MODELS: STEPPED CARE, COLLABORATIVE CARE AND INTEGRATED CARE BY TELEPSYCHIATRY
    The effectiveness of telemental health: evidence base, how to choose the model based ease/cost/strengths and future areas of research
    How telemental health adds to traditional outpatient and newer models of integrated care for patients, providers and systems
    Patient-centered comorbidity approaches (e.g., depression/diabetes) to MH treatments and the interdisciplinary team
    Social media and clinical practice: what stays the same, what changes and how to plan ahead
    NEW THERAPIES / METHODS / TREATMENTS
    Web-based support and treatment approaches
    Web-based CBT and potential alternatives
    How psychiatric applications are shifting clinical practice: patient reflection, informal and formal clinical care, communication and new approaches to treatment
    CONSEQUENCES, LIMITS AND RISKS
    Global/world wide telehealth: international perspectives of telepsychiatry and the future
    How does the Internet influence the Doctor-Patient Relationship?
    Pathological use of Internet/social media
    From telehealth to an interactive virtual mental health clinic.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Patricia Geraghty.
    Summary: This book is designed to meet the needs of nurse practitioners, other advanced practice nurses, and allied health professionals working in women's health, primary care, and other specialties. The multiple roles the clinician embraces in menopause management include that of direct caregiver, manager of therapeutics, educator, and interdisciplinary team member or leader. This book provides updated, evidence based information on the menopause transition from the late reproductive stage to post-menopause to optimize the interaction of the clinician and the individual woman in each of those roles. Women's lived experiences of menopause and women's concerns regarding both the menopause transition and the choice of care options are included as critical components of shared therapy decisions. The review of natural menopause physiology and the variability of menopause symptoms are inclusive of diverse women and diverse trajectories. The impact of menopause on chronic disease, sleep, weight and nutrition, mood and cognition, urogenital health and sexuality, as well as vasomotor symptoms are each developed as individual topics by experts in those fields. Evidence based management using hormonal and non-hormonal options, and life-style and other complementary interventions are discussed with the most updated advantages and disadvantages of each treatment option. Consistent with advanced practice nursing theory, the approach is whole patient focused.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. History and Overview of the Menopause Experience
    Part I. Women's Perspective and Physiology of the Menopause Transition
    Chapter 2. Women's Voices: The Lived Experience of the Path to Menopause
    Chapter 3. Communication with Women in the Menopause Transition
    Chapter 4. Physiology of Menopause
    Chapter 5. Menopause and Chronic Disease
    Chapter 6. Menopause Hormone Therapy
    Part II. Menopause Symptom Management
    Chapter 7. Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Chapter 8. Vasomotor Symptoms
    Chapter 9. Sleep Disruption
    Chapter 10. Mood and Cognition
    Chapter 11. Genitourinary and Sexual Health
    Chapter 12. Nutrition and Weight Management in Midlife
    Chapter 13. Musculoskeletal Health in Menopause
    Chapter 14. Breast Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    edited by Massimo Lombardi, Sven Plein, Steffen Petersen, Chiara Bucciarelli-Ducci, Emanuela R. Valsangiacomo Buechel, Cristina Basso, Victor Ferrari.
    Summary: This highly comprehensive and informed textbook has been prepared by the Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance section of the European Society of Cardiology association on imaging, the EACVI. The EACVI Textbook of Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance is the authority on the subject.

    Contents:
    Cover; Contents; Abbreviations; Contributors;
    SECTION 1 Physics;
    Chapter 1 The MR scanner in anutshell;
    Chapter 2 Basic MR physics;
    Chapter 3 Spatial encoding and image reconstruction;
    Chapter 4 Scan acceleration;
    Chapter 5 Basic pulse sequences;
    Chapter 6 Motion compensation;
    Chapter 7 MR angiography;
    Chapter 8 CMR applications;
    Chapter 9 Image quality and artefacts;
    SECTION 2 Safety in cardiovascular MRI;
    Chapter 1 MRI set-up and safety;
    Chapter 2 MRI contrast agents;
    Chapter 3 MRI interactions withmedical devices;
    SECTION 3 CMR methodology;
    Chapter 1 Morphology
    Chapter 2 Global and regional cardiac function
    Chapter 3 Dynamic contrast-enhanced perfusion CMR;
    Chapter 4 Early and late gadolinium enhancement;
    Chapter 5 Mapping techniques;
    Chapter 6 Blood flow and phase contrast CMR;
    Chapter 7 Coronary imaging;
    SECTION 4 Ischaemic heart disease;
    Chapter 1 Chronic ischaemic heart disease;
    Chapter 2 Acute ischaemic heart disease;
    SECTION 5 Myocardial disease;
    Chapter 1 Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy;
    Chapter 2 Dilated cardiomyopathy;
    Chapter 3 Takotsubo syndrome;
    Chapter 4 Arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 5 Non-compaction or excessive trabeculation cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 6 Myocarditis;
    Chapter 7 Chagas' cardiomyopathy; Chaper 8 Transplant cardiomyopathy;
    Chapter 9 Cardiac involvement in oncologic patients;
    Chapter 10 Cardiac involvement in systemic diseases and secondary cardiomyopathies;
    Chapter 11 Infiltrative cardiomyopathy;
    Chapter 12 Myocardial iron overload;
    Chapter 13 Cardiovascular magnetic resonance in cardiac resynchronization therapy;
    Chapter 14 Athlete's heart and prevention of sudden cardiac death in athletes;
    SECTION 6 Pericardial disease;
    Chapter 1 Pericardial disease
    SECTION 7 Vascular disease
    Chapter 1 CMR of vascular disease;
    SECTION 8 Valve disease;
    Chapter 1 Valve disease;
    SECTION 9 Masses and tumours;
    Chapter 1 Epidemiology and classification;
    Chapter 2 CMR approach in cardiac tumours;
    Chapter 3 Benign cardiac tumours;
    Chapter 4 Malignant tumours;
    Chapter 5 Metastatic tumours;
    Chapter 6 Pericardial tumours;
    Chapter 7 Cardiac thrombi;
    SECTION 10 Congenital heart disease; Chpater 1 Introduction;
    Chapter 2 Segmental approach to congenital heart disease;
    Chapter 3 Adapting CMR sequences for CHD and imaging small patients
    Chapter 4 Novel CMR techniques for advanced surgical planning
    Chapter 5 Assessing shunts;
    Chapter 6 The pulmonary circulation: assessing pulmonary arteries and pulmonary veins;
    Chapter 7 Ebstein's malformation of the tricuspid valve;
    Chapter 8 Congenital aortic disease;
    Chapter 9 CMR for transposition of the great arteries;
    Chapter 10 Tetralogy of Fallot;
    Chapter 11 Double-outlet right ventricle;
    Chapter 12 The single ventricle and surgical palliation;
    SECTION 11 Extra-cardiac findings;
    Chapter 1 Extra-cardiac findings;
    SECTION 12 CMR in the multi-modality environment
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Robert K. Jackler, MD Sewell Professor and Chair Department of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery Professor of Neursurgery and Surgery Standford University School of Medicine Stanford, California, illustrations by Christine Gralapp, MA, CMI, FAMI, Medical and Scientific Illustrator, Fairfax, California.
    Contents:
    Surgical anatomy of the ear
    The fundamentals of ear surgery
    The external ear
    Stapes surgery
    Tympanoplasty
    Ossiculoplasty
    Mastoidectomy
    Cholesteatoma
    The facial nerve
    Vestibular surgery
    Cochlear implants
    Temporal bone fractures, encephaloceles, and cerebrospinal fluid leaks
    Temporal bone resection
    The petrous apex
    Pulsatile tinnitus.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Janna S. Gordon-Elliott, Anna H. Rosen, editors.
    Summary: This casebook tackles the common psychiatric illnesses that physicians experience during these early stages of their careers. The cases carefully present guidelines for assessment and management, along with clinical pearls and resources for further reference. Written by experts in the field, the text is designed to be valuable for physicians engaged in medical education and training, and specifically for the psychiatrists who provide care for other physicians. Each chapter includes a unique case and discussion. Topics include: onset of a mood and or psychotic disorder, life transitions, trauma in care, physician suicide, anxiety, and other issues that are part of the experience of young adults developing their personal and professional identities.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Anita Riecher-Rössler, Patrick D. McGorry.
    Contents:
    Preliminaries
    Overview. Early detection of psychosis: state of the art and future perspectives
    Early intervention in emerging psychosis: state of the art and future perspectives
    Early detection of psychosis: clinical assessments. First signs of emerging psychosis
    Psychosis high-risk states in adolescents
    The psychosis high-risk state
    Early detection of psychosis: helpful or stigmatizing experience for those concerned?
    Early detection of psychosis: neuroimaging. Structural and functional MRI in the prediction of psychosis
    Pattern recognition methods in the prediction of psychosis
    Connectivity abnormalities in emerging psychosis
    Early detection of psychosis: neurocognitive and neurophysiological assessments. Neurocognition and motor functioning in the prediction of psychosis
    Electroencephalographic predictors of psychosis
    Early intervention in emerging psychosis. Psychological methods of early intervention in emerging psychosis
    Nonpharmalogical substances for early intervention
    Pharmacological intervention in first-episode psychosis
    Conclusions and future perspectives. early detection and intervention in psychosis.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Rami El Assal, Dyani Gaudilliere, Stephen Thaddeus Connelly, editors.
    Summary: Head and neck cancer (HNC) is a heterogeneous group of cancers that, if combined, represent one of the most common cancer types. Patients with HNC suffer significant morbidity and mortality due to the importance of the structures involved. Over two-thirds of these patients are diagnosed at a late stage, leading to a poor prognosis. Therefore, advancements in early detection and treatment of HNC are crucial. Volume I begins with a general overview, including the industry landscape, of HNC detection, diagnosis, and treatment. Next, it covers the applications of innovative technologies such as microfluidics, nanotechnology, and deep learning to early detect as well as study HNC. For example, studying the cellular features at a single-cell level became possible with the advancement of technologies such as mass cytometry or specifically, Cytometry by Time Of Flight Mass Spectrometry (CyTOF), which has revolutionized the way we can study complex human diseases such as HNC. Finally, the last few chapters are dedicated to describing the standard of care of HNC. The first volume of Early Detection and Treatment of Head & Neck Cancers is highly pertinent to the next generation of interdisciplinary clinicians, scientists, residents, and students who are particularly interested in HNC and in the translation of early detection methods, technologies, and research to clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Early Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Head and Neck Cancers
    Emerging Technologies in Head & Neck Cancer Detection: Industry landscape of Head and Neck Cancer Detection and Diagnosis
    Microfluidic Technologies for Head and Neck Cancer: from Single Cell Analysis to Tumor-on-a-chip
    Nanotechnology for Diagnosis Imaging and Treatment of Head & Neck Cancers
    The Role of Mass Cytometry in Early Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Head and Neck Cancers
    Deep Learning based Cancer Detection from H&E Slide of HPV-associated Oropharyngeal Tumors
    Salivary Biomarkers for Non-invasive Early Detection of Head and Neck Cancer
    Surgical Ablative Treatment of Head and Neck Cancer
    Conventional Reconstructive Approaches following Resection of Head and Neck Cancers
    Dental Implants and their Management in the Treatment of Oral Cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Rami El Assal, Dyani Gaudilliere, Stephen Thaddeus Connelly, editors.
    Summary: Head and neck cancer (HNC) is a heterogeneous group of cancers that, if combined, represent one of the most common cancer types. Patients with HNC suffer significant morbidity and mortality due to the importance of the structures involved. Over two-thirds of these patients are diagnosed at a late stage, leading to a poor prognosis. Therefore, advancements in early detection and treatment of HNC are crucial. This second volume provides an up-to-date overview of the theoretical background in the field of head and neck cancer (HNC) as well as of the emerging research that is impacting our understanding of this disease. The book begins with a comprehensive review of the epidemiology, etiology, symptoms, diagnosis, and staging of HNC. Next, it covers the essentials of potentially malignant disorders of the oral cavity, an important variety of HNC. Subsequently, it covers the newly emerging research in the field of HNC. The overall goal is to shift towards precision medicine (discussed in detail in Volume I), which will bring individualized clinical benefit to patients with HNC. This second volume of Early Detection and Treatment of Head & Neck Cancers concludes with the topic of chronic pain associated with HNC, including both the mechanisms of pain and the management strategies, and the emerging oral mucoadhesive drug delivery approach for HNC. All HNC surgeons, scientists, residents, and individuals whose lives have been touched by this disease, will recognize the impact pain has upon a patients health and his or her recovery trajectory.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of Head and Neck Cancers
    Epidemiology of Head and Neck Premalignant Lesions
    Mutational Landscape of Head and Neck Cancers
    Genomic and Proteomic Factors of Head and Neck Cancer Progression
    Understanding the Role of Exosomes in Molecular Pathogenesis of Cancers including Head and Neck Cancers
    Risk of Head and Neck Cancers in Systemic Inflammatory Disorders and after Immunosuppressive Treatment
    Metastasis of Brain Tumors (including Glioblastoma) to Head and Neck Region
    Virus-associated Head and Neck Cancers in Immunocompromised and Healthy Patients
    Orofacial Pain-/Oral Adverse Event-associated with Head and Neck Cancers
    EGFR Activation Signature and Modulation in Head and Neck Cancers
    Identification of Genetic Differences between Normal and Tumor Tissues in Head and Neck Cancers
    Cellular Immune Mechanisms of Natural Killer (NK) Cell, Dendritic Cells (DC) and T Lymphocyte Activation Against Head and Neck Cancers
    Statistical Power Analysis in Head and Neck Cancer Studies
    Bioethics in Head and Neck Cancer Research
    Future Perspective of Head and Neck Cancer Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Florian Otto, Manfred P. Lutz, editors.
    Summary: "This Recent Results in Cancer Research volume provides an up-to-date overview of the multidisciplinary management of locally confined rectal cancer as well as colorectal cancer with synchronous resectable liver metastases. The contents comprise the majority of the invited contributions from the Second St. Gallen EORTC Gastrointestinal Cancer Conference, held on 6-8 March 2014 in St. Gallen, Switzerland. Written by some of the world's leading experts in the imaging, endoscopy, pathology, molecular biology, surgery, radiotherapy, and medical oncology of rectal cancer and liver metastases, the chapters offer a comprehensive view on the latest recommendations in diagnosis and multidisciplinary treatment. Every clinician involved in the care of patients with rectal cancer will find this book interesting and helpful."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Staging of rectal cancer
    Imaging assessment of early rectal cancer / Jo Waage, Fiona Taylor, James Read and Gina Brown
    Predicting lymph node metastases in pT1 rectal cancer / S. L. Bosch and I. D. Nagtegaal
    Treatment of early rectal cancer
    Endoscopic resection: when is EMR/ESD sufficient? / H. Messmann
    Transanal endoscopic microsurgery /Chris Cunningham
    Surgical treatment of rectal cancer
    What is "good quality" in rectal cancer surgery? The pathologist's perspective / S. L. Bosch and I. D. Nagtegaal
    Total mesorectal excision: open, laparoscopic or robotic / Monica Young and Alessio Pigazzi
    Ultra low resection versus abdomino-perineal excision in low rectal cancer / Torbjörn Holm
    T4 rectal cancer: do we always need an exenteration? / Thomas A. Vermeer, Miranda Kusters and Harm J. T. Rutten
    Do T3 rectal cancers always need radiochemotherapy? / Rob Glynne-Jones
    Quality of life after surgery for rectal cancer / Teresa Gavaruzzi, Francesca Giandomenico, Paola Del Bianco, Lorella Lotto, Alessandro Perin and Salvatore Pucciarelli
    Combined modality therapy in rectal cancer
    Aims of combined modality therapy in rectal cancer (M0) / J. P. Gerard, K. Benezery, J. Doyen and E. Francois
    Neoadjuvant radiotherapy (5 3 5 Gy): immediate versus delayed surgery / Krzysztof Bujko, Maciej Partycki and Lucyna Pietrzak
    Early and late toxicity of radiotherapy for rectal cancer /Ines Joye and Karin Haustermans
    Immediate surgery or clinical follow-up after a complete clinical response? / Angelita Habr-Gama and Rodrigo Oliva Perez
    Rectal cancer with synchronous liver metastases
    Limits of colorectal liver metastases resectability: how and why to overcome them? / Serge Evrard
    Rectal cancer with synchronous liver metastases: leave it all in? When (not) to resect the primary? / Florian Lordick
    Recurrence patterns after resection of liver metastases from colorectal cancer / Halfdan Sorbye.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    [Jay B. Brodsky]
    Summary: From its start in 1909, all surgical and obstetrical anesthesia services at Stanford affiliated hospitals were provided by physician anesthesiologists. The first formal anesthesia residency training program in California was founded in 1937 at Stanford. Then in 1959 one of the nation’s earliest independent Departments of Anesthesiology was established at Stanford. Many of the most prominent anesthesiologists in the country came to work at Stanford. This book highlights the anesthesiologists on the faculty of the Stanford School of Medicine from 1909 until 1972, the final year of John Bunker’s tenure as the first Chair of the Department of Anesthesiology.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RD79 .B76 2022
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Gisèle Apter, Emmanuel Devouche, Maya Gratier.
    Summary: This first book of a two-volume series describes current research and state of the art clinical practice the shed light on the developmental origins of psychopathology in the first year of life, i.e. approximately up to the emergence of secondary intersubjectivity and/or walking. The second volume explores the interactional underpinnings of psychopathology in toddlerhood, from the time of voluntarily gross motor functioning to the emergence and basic organization of symbolic language at 24-30 months. A comprehensive approach is adopted, focusing on the fundamentally interactive nature of early development and examining interactions both with caregivers and more broadly with the socio-cultural environment. The books describe the processes involved in psychopathological trajectories and provide clinical insight into tailored, culturally sensitive therapeutic care in diverse environments. This volume discusses in detail situations placing the infant at risk and the nature of infant development, including communication, intersubjectivity, functional development, and affective and emotional development. Culturally and socially sensitive approaches to psychopathology are examined, with examples of specific infant- and family-centered therapies. Information on risk of abuse and neglect and infant protection policies is included.

    Contents:
    Introduction.-Historical View
    Part 1: At risk situations: The MRM Model and Infants' Implicit Relational Knowing
    Parental Pathology
    During Pregnancy
    Premature Parents
    Immediate Peripartum Psychopathology
    Part 2: Early Fetal and Infant Development: The Beginning of Parent-Infant Communication.-Mothers and Fathers Interactions with Sons and Daughters
    Early Rhythms Development
    Affective and Emotional Development
    Part 3:Early Assessment: NBAS
    Early Psychomotor Assessment.-0-3
    Assessing Early Interactions
    Conclusion: Therapeutic Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Byrne, Alan Rosen.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: List of contributors
    Foreword
    Part I: The Rationale for Early Intervention in Nearly Everything
    1 Introduction
    2 How Early Intervention can turn things upside down and turn a patient into a psychiatrist
    3 Involving the Family in Early Interventions
    4 Do Early Intervention Services for Psychosis Represent Value for Money?
    Part II: Early Intervention across the Lifespan
    5 Perinatal preventive interventions in psychiatry: A clinical perspective
    6 Psychiatry and Intervention in Infancy and Early Childhood
    7 Early Intervention for young people with mental illness
    8 Transiting out of Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services
    9 Adults of working age
    10 Early Intervention in Older Adults
    A focus on Alzheimer's Dementia
    Part III: Early Intervention in Specific Settings
    11 Primary prevention of mental disorders
    12 Early intervention in mental health problems: the role of the voluntary sector
    13 Why primary care matters for early intervention in psychiatry
    14 General hospitals
    15 Early Intervention Services: Background, rationale and development
    Part IV: Early Intervention in Specific Disorders
    16 Prevention and early intervention in depression and anxiety disorders
    17 Alcohol and substance use prevention and early intervention
    18 Early intervention in childhood disorders
    19 Early intervention for Delirium
    20 Early intervention for Self-harm
    21 Early intervention in Bipolar disorder
    22 Early intervention in Eating disorders
    23 Early intervention to reduce violence and offending outcomes in young people with mental disorders
    24 Early intervention for Borderline Personality Disorder
    Part V: Conclusions
    25 Early intervention and The Power of Social Movements: UK development of early intervention in psychosis as a social movement and its implications for leadership
    26 Challenging stigma
    27 Conclusions including standards
    Afterword.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Yankai Xia, editor.
    Summary: This book offers valuable insights into the latest concepts and findings from epidemiologic, clinical and basic studies in the burgeoning area of early-life environmental exposure and diseases. The book is divided into five parts, starting with an overview of environmental exposure measurement and evaluation, followed by a review of the effects of exposure to various substances like tobacco smoke, pesticides and metals as well as stress on offsprings health. It then discusses the developmental origins of a range of childhood diseases that affect growth, neural development and the immune system, and highlights the importance of longitudinal studies that measure exposure at potentially sensitive time points during childhood. It also provides up-to-date evidence of the intergenerational/transgenerational effects of early-life environmental exposure, especially via genetic and epigenetic pathways. Allowing readers to gain a thorough understanding of the predominating aspects of early-life environmental exposure and diseases, the book also provides a basis for developing environmental and health policies that could have wide and long-term impacts on human health.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Cover Page
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Environmental Exposure Measurements and Evaluations
    1 Introduction
    2 Internal Exposure Assessment
    2.1 Biomarkers
    2.2 Biomaterials
    3 External Exposure Assessment
    4 Analytical Instruments for Environmental Exposure
    4.1 Gas Chromatography
    4.2 Liquid Chromatography
    4.3 Capillary Electrophoresis
    4.4 Ultraviolet-Visible Spectroscopy
    4.5 Fluorescence Spectroscopy
    4.6 Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy
    4.7 Atomic Fluorescence Spectroscopy
    4.8 Mass Spectrometry 2 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Respiratory Morbidity
    2.1 Types of Exposures
    2.2 General Overview of Respiratory Morbidity Following Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure
    3 Nicotine Is the Primary Determinant of Early-Life Tobacco Smoke Exposure-Mediated Respiratory Morbidity
    3.1 Animal Models Used to Study Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotineś Effects on the Developing Lung
    3.2 Critical Window for Tobacco Smoke/Nicotineś Effects on the Developing Lung
    3.3 Perinatal Nicotine Metabolism and Pharmacokinetics 3.4 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Potential Long-Term Outcomes on Respiratory Health
    3.5 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Predisposition to Respiratory Infections and Allergic Asthma
    3.6 Genes and Signaling Pathways Involved in Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine-Induced Lung Phenotype
    4 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Weight
    5 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Neurobehavior
    6 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Diabetes 4.9 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
    4.10 Direct-Reading Instruments
    4.11 Chromatography Tandem Mass Spectrometry
    4.12 Inductively Coupled Plasma Tandem Mass Spectrometry
    4.13 Capillary Electrophoresis Tandem Mass Spectrometry
    5 Analytical Methods for Environmental Exposure
    5.1 Analytical Methods for Organic Chemicals
    5.2 Analytical Methods for Inorganic Chemicals
    6 From Exposure Measurements to Evaluations: The Use of Models
    7 Future Perspective
    References
    Early-life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Health
    1 Introduction 7 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Fertility
    8 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and the Developing Heart
    9 Effects of Prenatal Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure on Craniofacial Development
    10 Effects of E-cig Flavorings on Developing Organs
    11 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and the Risk of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS)
    12 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Later Risk of Malignancies
    13 Perinatal Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Transgenerational Effect
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alexander Vaiserman, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the field of developmental programming of ageing phenotypes. Although gerontological research has traditionally focused on later stages of the life cycle, growing evidence indicates that both the rate of ageing-associated functional declines, and the risks of later-life chronic pathological conditions, can be traced to origins early in life. While other books in the field concentrate on the developmental origin of particular disorders, this volume offers a detailed guide to all important aspects of the role of early-life conditions in programming both chronic pathological conditions and the ageing process. Interest in the study of ageing and longevity had its beginnings in research on the fetal origins of adult disease. This has evolved into a hypothesis on the Developmental Origins of Adult Health and Disease (DOHaD), which postulates that adverse environmental exposures during critical in-utero and early postnatal stages of development may permanently change physiological responses and cause functional impairments and disorders in adult life. In this book, the contributing authors and leading experts from around the world, describe research on mechanisms underlying the developmental programming phenomenon, as well as interventional strategies aimed at restoring developmentally disrupted epigenetic patterns. Early Life Origins of Ageing and Longevity benefits a wide audience of working scientists, clinicians, and advanced students, and will also interest scientifically curious general readers who wish to know more about current research in this rapidly evolving field.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Overview; 1 Epidemiology of Early Nutrition and Adult Health: Metabolic Adaptations and Body Composition; 1.1 Introduction to the Developmental Origins of Adult Health and Disease; 1.2 Famine and DOHaD; 1.2.1 Dutch Famine; 1.2.2 Chinese Famine; 1.2.3 Finnish Famine; 1.3 Historical Birth Cohorts and DOHaD; 1.3.1 Poor Growth as a Risk Factor for Obesity; 1.3.2 Poor Growth as a Risk Factor for Chronic Diseases; 1.3.3 Poor Growth as a Risk Factor for Mental Health Diseases; 1.4 Growth Retadation and DOHaD; 1.4.1 Global Prevalence of Stunting 1.4.2 Stunting in Latin America1.4.3 Stunting in Africa; 1.4.4 First 1,000 Days Concept; 1.4.5 Stunting and Metabolic Adaptations; 1.4.6 Social Determinants of Growth and Role in DOHaD; 1.5 Summary and Conclusions; References; 2 General Biology of the Developmental Origins of Health; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Growth: A Cellular Process; 2.3 Cellular Dualities: Alternative Cell Fate Decisions; 2.4 Oxygen; 2.5 Building and Reserving; 2.6 Building the Body: Cells Are Energy-Driven; 2.7 Phenotypic Outcomes Reflect Tissue Construction; 2.8 Fetal Challenges in Building the Body 2.9 Biological Fundamentals of Developmental Origins of Health and DiseaseReferences; Experimental Study of DOHaD; 3 Early Life Programming of Aging in Genetically Long-Lived Mice; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Ames Dwarf Mouse, an Animal Genetically Predisposed to Extreme Longevity; 3.3 Multiple Mechanisms Link Reduced GH Signaling with Extended Longevity of Ames Dwarf Mice; 3.4 Effects of GH Replacement Therapy in Juvenile Ames Dwarf Mice; 3.5 Discussion; References; 4 Immunological Basis of In Utero Programming of Adult Disease; 4.1 Developmental Origin of Metabolic Diseases 4.2 Fetal Immune Development4.3 Fetal Immune Perturbation Results in Adult Metabolic Disease; 4.4 Immunologic Basis of Metabolic Health; 4.5 Concluding Remarks; References; 5 Early Life Developmental Programming of the GH/IGF Axis and Long-Term Health; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Developmental Programming of the GH-IGF Axis-Evidence from Epidemiological Cohorts and Human Clinical Studies; 5.3 Altered Programming of the GH-IGF Axis-Evidence from Animal Models; 5.3.1 Rodents; 5.3.2 Sheep; 5.3.3 Primates; 5.3.4 Other Models; 5.4 Epigenetic Regulation of the GH-IGF Axis 5.5 Strategies to Reverse Early Life Impacts on the GH-IGF Axis5.6 Conclusions; References; 6 Early Life Nutritional Programming of Adult Health Status; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Obesity and Pregnancy; 6.2.1 The Increasing Prevalence of Maternal Obesity; 6.2.2 Maternal Obesity and Adverse Pregnancy Outcomes; 6.3 Maternal Obesity and Programming of Later Disease; 6.3.1 Epidemiological Evidence Linking Maternal Obesity to Later Outcome; 6.4 Animal Models of Maternal Obesity; 6.4.1 High Fat Feeding; 6.4.2 Cafeteria Feeding; 6.4.3 Clinical Studies; 6.5 Obesity and Infant Feeding; 6.5.1 The Role of Early Infant Nutrition: Breastmilk Versus Infant Formula
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Frieder Berr, Tsuneo Oyama, Thierry Ponchon, Naohisa Yahagi, editors.
    Contents:
    Endoscopic Screening and Surveillance-Indications and Standards
    Histopathology of Early Mucosal Neoplasias-Morphologic Carcinogenesis in the GI Tract
    Principles of Endoscopic Resection-Diagnostic and Curative Resection of Mucosal Neoplasias
    Endoscopic Detection and Analysis of Mucosal Neoplastic Lesions
    Enhanced Imaging and Tumor Morphology
    High-resolution Endoscopic Ultrasound -Clinical T-staging of Mucosal Neoplasms
    Squamous Cell-lined Esophagus and Hypopharynx
    Mucosal Neoplasias
    Columnar Epithelium-lined (Barrettś) Esophagus
    Mucosal Neoplasias
    Stomach-Mucosal Neoplasias
    Duodenum and Small Bowel
    Mucosal Neoplasias
    Colorectum-Mucosal Neoplasias
    Chronic Inflammatory Bowel Disease in Remission -Mucosal Neoplasias.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ron El-Hawary, Craig P. Eberson, editors.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases demonstrating the management of idiopathic, congenital, syndromic and neuromuscular early onset scoliosis (EOS), this concise, practical casebook will provide orthopedic surgeons with the best real-world strategies to properly manage the differing presentations of EOS they may encounter. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome, clinical pearls and pitfalls, and literature review. Cases included illustrate different types and management strategies for EOS, including various spine-based growing rods, the vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib (VEPTR), anterior vertebral body tethering (AVBT) and congenital resection. Treatment strategies for EOS with related conditions such as myelomeningocele, cerebral palsy and skeletal dysplasia are also discussed, as are common complications and the role of traction. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Early Onset Scoliosis: A Clinical Casebook is an excellent resource for pediatric orthopedic surgeons and other physicians confronted with both common and complex disorders of the child's spine.

    Contents:
    Normal Spine Growth
    Classification of Early Onset Scoliosis
    EDF Casting for Early Onset Scoliosis
    Spine-Based Growing Rods for the Treatment of Idiopathic Early Onset Scoliosis
    The Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (VEPTR) for Idiopathic Early Onset Scoliosis
    Treatment of Idiopathic Early Onset Scoliosis with a Hybrid Growing Rod Construct
    Shilla Growth Guidance Technique for Early Onset Scoliosis
    Early Onset Scoliosis Treated with Magnetically Controlled Growing Rods
    Modern Trolley Growth Guidance for Early Onset Scoliosis
    Anterior Vertebral Body Tethering (AVBT) for Early Onset Scoliosis
    Anterior Vertebral Body Stapling for the Treatment of Idiopathic Scoliosis
    Congenital Resection for Early Onset Scoliosis
    The Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (VEPTR) for Congenital Scoliosis
    Hemiepiphysiodesis for the Treatment of Congenital Scoliosis
    Congenital Myopathy with Early Onset Scoliosis
    Cerebral Palsy with Early Onset Scoliosis
    The Use of the Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (VEPTR) in Myelomeningocele
    Early Onset Scoliosis in Skeletal Dysplasia
    Complications with Early Onset Scoliosis
    Spine Growth Assessment of Growth Friendly Surgery
    The Role of Traction in Early Onset Scoliosis
    The End Game for Early Onset Scoliosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Colin Nnadi.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Christian Lattermann, Henning Madry, Norimasa Nakamura, Elizaveta Kon, editors.
    Summary: Early osteoarthritis is novel topic for orthopedic surgeons and its process begins immediately after joint injury. The mechanical restoration of the joint surface or ligamentous stability is not sufficient to restore the homeostatic environment in the joint, and this leads to osteoarthritis, despite mechanical stability and alignment. This book sheds light on the various mechanisms and systems involved in the gradual decline of the injured joint toward manifest osteoarthritis. Published in collaboration with ISAKOS, this volume appeals to all stakeholders in surgical orthopaedics and sports medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Claire Bouvattier, Catherine Pienkowski, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Current findings in epidemiology
    2. Precocious puberty and environmental endocrine disruptors
    3. Neuroendocrine control of puberty
    4. Puberty in particular situations
    5. Clinical and biological diagnosis of central precocious puberty
    6. Etiological diagnosis of central precocious puberty
    7. Precocious puberty therapeutic management: GnRH analogs treatment
    8. Midterm and long-term impacts of GnRH agonists treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Xiangpeng Zheng, Ming Li, Guozhen Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses major issues and advances in the diagnosis and treatment of incidentally detected early-stage lung cancer (ESLC). In Part I, pathology and radiology experts comprehensively review the state-of-the-art advances in individual research fields, and offer an update on the cross-sectional anatomy of the lung and post-processing techniques for CT imaging. Part II focuses on the imaging features, differential diagnosis and radiologic-pathologic correlations of ESLCs in the categories pGGN, mGGN and solid nodules in compliance with the Guidelines on Lung Cancer Screening from the National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN). Part III briefly introduces therapeutic management strategies for ESLCs, including surgical and non-surgical approaches, for instance stereotactic ablative radiation therapy (SABR) and radiofrequency ablation (RFA). Lastly, the authors have meticulously prepared 50 clinical cases of pathologically proven benign and malignant pulmonary nodules with in-depth discussion and experts? comments to further readers? understanding of practical imaging and management strategies of ESLCs.

    Contents:
    The pathological advances of early lung adenocarcinoma
    Advancement in Cross-sectional Anatomy of the Lung
    Low-dose CT Screening of Lung Cancer
    The Advances of PET/CT clinical application in micronodular lung cancer
    Angiogenesis-dependent tumor progression
    Pure Ground-glass Nodules
    Part-solid Ground-glass Nodules
    Solid Pulmonary Nodules
    CT-based Categorization of Small Pulmonary Adenocarcinoma and Differential Diagnosis
    Multiple Primary Lung Cancer
    Management Strategies of Micronodular Lung Cancer: Surgical Perspectives
    Management Strategies of Early-stageLung Cancer: Stereotactic Ablative Radiation Therapy
    Radiofrequency ablation
    Case Discussion.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    authors, Jay M. Weiss, Lyn D. Weiss, Julie K. Silver ; illustrator, Dennis J. Dowling.
    Contents:
    What is an EMG?
    Why perform electrodiagnostic studies?
    About the machine
    Nerve conduction studies
    Electromyography
    Injuries to peripheral nerves
    How to plan out the examination
    Pitfalls
    Carpal tunnel syndrome
    Ulnar neuropathy
    Radial neuropathy
    Radiculopathy
    Spinal stenosis
    Fibular (peroneal) neuropathy
    Tarsal tunnel syndrome
    Peripheral polyneuropathy
    Myopathy
    Brachial plexopathies
    Lumbosacral plexopathies
    Motor neuron diseases
    Critical illness neuropathy and myopathy
    Inflammatory neuropathies
    Neuromuscular junction disorders
    How to write a report
    Tables of normals
    Reimbursement
    Figures for table 4.3 (nerve conduction studies setup)
    Figures for table 5.4 (common muscles: innervation, location, and needle placement).
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Timothy D. Brewerton, Amy Baker Dennis, editors.
    Summary: Eating disorders, addictions, and substance use disorders are each challenging in their own right, but they also commonly co-occur, causing major challenges for clinicians. Emerging research suggests that there are common substrates at the neuroanatomical, neurochemical, and psychological levels. While randomized controlled trials have revealed a number of effective psychotherapeutic and psychopharmacologic treatments for the individual conditions, little is known about integrative interventions for these comorbidities. This book presents cutting-edge research on the overlap of these complex disorders and reviews integrative assessment strategies and treatment approaches, including enhanced cognitive behavioral therapy, dialectical behavior therapy, abstinence approaches, motivational enhancement, mindfulness meditation, and pharmacotherapy. The issue of whether eating-disordered behaviors such as dieting, binge eating, and excessive exercise are merely other forms of addictive behavior is examined. The authors argue both for and against the concept of food addiction in research, clinical treatment, and public policy.

    Contents:
    Research Perspectives: Relationship between feeding and drug seeking behaviors
    Animal models of eating disorders
    Activity Anorexia
    Role of neurotransmitter systems
    Dimensions of personality and neuropsychological function
    Imaging findings
    Genetic aspects: Do EDs, addictions, and SUDs share genetic vulnerabilities
    The Role of Epigenetics
    Clinical Perspectives: Epidemiology of EDs, addictions and SUDs
    Assessment
    Nutritional Aspects
    Are EDs addictive disorders?
    The Role of Stress, Trauma and PTSD
    The Role of Obesity
    EDs, addictions and SUDs following bariatric surgery
    Prevention and public policy issues
    Treatment Perspectives: General principles of treating the comorbid patient
    The use of CBT
    Mindful based treatments
    The use of self-help approaches
    The use of motivational interviewing and MET
    The use of family therapy
    Nutritional interventions
    The use of exercise
    The use of alternative and complementary therapies
    Ethics and the role of compulsory hospitalization
    The role of invitational intervention.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jason M. Nagata, Tiffany A. Brown, Stuart B. Murray, Jason M. Lavender, editors.
    Summary: Boys and men with eating disorders remain a population that is under-recognized and underserved within both research and clinical contexts. It has been well documented that boys and men with eating disorders often exhibit distinct clinical presentations with regard to core cognitive (e.g., body image) and behavioral (e.g., pathological exercise) symptoms. Such differences, along with the greater likelihood of muscularity-oriented disordered eating among boys and men, emphasize the importance of understanding and recognizing unique factors of clinical relevance within this population. This book reviews the most up-to-date research findings on eating disorders among boys and men, with an emphasis on clinically salient information across multiple domains. Five sections are included, with the first focused on a historical overview and the unique nature and prevalence of specific forms of eating disorder symptoms and body image concerns in boys and men. The second section details population-specific considerations for the diagnosis and assessment of eating disorders, body image concerns, and muscle dysmorphia in boys and men. The third section identifies unique concerns regarding medical complications and care in this population, including medical complications of appearance and performance-enhancing substances. The fourth section reviews current findings and considerations for eating disorder prevention and intervention for boys and men. The fifth section of the book focuses on specific populations (e.g., sexual minorities, gender minorities) and addresses sociocultural factors of particular relevance for eating disorders in boys and men (e.g., racial and ethnic considerations, cross-cultural considerations). The book then concludes with a concise overview of key takeaways and a focused summary of current evidence gaps and unanswered questions, as well as directions for future research. Written by experts in the field, Eating Disorders in Boys and Men is a comprehensive guide to an under-reported topic. It is an excellent resource for primary care physicians, adolescent medicine physicians, pediatricians, psychologists, clinical social workers, and any other professional conducting research with or providing clinical care for boys and men with eating disorders. It is also an excellent resource for students, residents, fellows, and trainees across various disciplines.

    Contents:
    Section 1
    Overview
    1 History of eating disorders in men
    2 Body Image in males
    3 Muscularity oriented disordered eating
    4 Epidemiology of eating disorders in males
    Section 2
    5 Assessment/Diagnosis
    6 Assessment
    7 Using Eating Disorder and Body Image Assessment Questionnaires with Boys and Men
    8 Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder
    9 Muscle Dysmorphia
    Section 3
    Medical complications
    10 Medical complications of traditional eating disorders
    11 Supplements and appearance and performance enhancing drugs and medical complications
    12 Anabolic androgenic steroids and medical complications
    Section 4
    Prevention and treatment
    13
    Prevention
    14 Treatment
    Section 5
    Specific Populations/Social Cultural
    15 Race/ethnicity considerations
    16 Cross-Cultural in Latin America
    17 Sexual minorities
    18 Transgender men and gender minorities
    19 Athletes and Exercise
    20 Social Media, Eating and Body Image Concerns Amongst Men and Boys
    21 Body image and eating disorders across the lifespan
    22 Conclusions and Future Research Directions for Eating Disorders in Boys and Men.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jonna Fries and Veronica Sullivan.
    Contents:
    What are eating disorders? / Therese Waterhous
    The psychology of an eating disorder : etiology and risk factors / Cathey Soutter
    Physiology of an eating disorder / Vicki Berkus
    The treatment of eating disorders / Jonna Fries and Veronica Sullivan
    Nutrition therapy : evolution, collaboration, and counseling skills / Sondra Kronberg
    Eating disorders in college students / Mandy Golman, Marilyn Massey-Stokes, and Susan Karpiel
    Eating disorders in athletes / Kate Bennett
    Pregnancy and eating disorders / Maggie Baumann and Jessica Setnick
    Eating disorders in males / Helen B. Murray and Adelaide S. Robb
    Eating disorders and type 1 diabetes / Carolyn Costin, Gail Prosser, and Jacque Mular
    Eating disorders in racial/ethnic minorities / Anna M. Bardone-Cone, M.K. Higgins, and Stacy L. Lin
    Eating disorders in women at midlife and beyond : a bio-psycho-social-relational perspective / Margo Maine and Karen Samuels
    Eating disorders in sexual and gender minorities / Jonna Fries.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Nicolaus Kröger, John Gribben, Christian Chabannon, Ibrahim Yakoub-Agha, Hermann Einsele.
    Summary: This first open access European CAR-T Handbook, co-promoted by the European Society for Blood and Marrow Transplantation (EBMT) and the European Hematology Association (EHA), covers several aspects of CAR-T cell treatments, including the underlying biology, indications, management of side-effects, access and manufacturing issues. This book, written by leading experts in the field to enhance readers' knowledge and practice skills, provides an unparalleled overview of the CAR-T cell technology and its application in clinical care, to enhance readers' knowledge and practice skills.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. The science behind CAR-T Cells
    3. Manufacturing CAR-T Cells: the supply chain
    4. Clinical indications for CAR-T Cells
    5. Clinical management of patients treated with CAR-T Cells
    6. Access to CAR-T cells. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Enric Carreras, Carlo Dufour, Mohamad Mohty, Nicolaus Kröger, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael B.A. Oldstone, Madeleine Rose Oldstone.
    Contents:
    1. Ebola's origin: a limited but devasting viral hemorhagic disease of Central Africa
    2. Ebola's unanticipated arrival in West Africa
    3. Kenema Government Hospital: from Lassa to Ebola
    4. Sheik Humarr Khan: leading the fight against ebola in Sierra Leone at Kenema Government Hospital
    5. ZMapp: the ethics of decision making
    6. Robert Garry: managing the effort to curtail ebola's curse
    7. Pardis Sabeti: geneticist tracking ebola's travels and changing profile
    8. Ebola's curse: impact on the economics of West Africa
    9. Ebola's scorecard: failure of the WHO and the international community
    Addendum
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Marta Lado, editor.
    Summary: This current manual gives an overview to management of Ebola Virus Disease outbreaks from a practical point of view. It gives an introduction to the topic, reviews the history and previous outbreaks of Ebola virus disease and gives insight to clinical features of the disease. The major part of the book presents ways of response including screening, isolation and personal protection equipment as well as waste management during disease outbreaks. New therapies and experimental drugs are discussed in further detail. The last part of the volume deals with all aspects of diagnostics and practical laboratory handling of Ebola virus. Dr. Marta Lado is the clinical lead of the King's Sierra Leone Partnership in country team. She brings together a group of authors aggregating both well-grounded basic knowledge on Ebola virus as well as deep experience with Ebola Virus Disease in the field.

    Contents:
    EVD INTRODUCTION
    Virology and VHF diseases: Ebola, Marbung, Lassa.-History of previous outbreaks
    Sources of the infection, ways of transmission
    CLINICAL FEATURES AND CASE DEFINITION
    Clinical features: incubation period, clinical presentation and post Ebola syndrome
    RESPONSE TO EVD OUTBREAK
    Screening of suspected cases in a referral Hospital: variability of the case definition adapted to the outbreak. Screening forms and Standard precautions
    Isolation Unit: how to set up and construct a holding unit in a hospital and satellite clinics
    Personal protection equipment (PPE) and Infection prevention and control (IPC) measures
    Waste management and cleaning/disinfection
    Safe Medical Burials: practical and cultural implications
    EVD MANAGEMENT
    Symptomatic, supportive treatment- differences between treatment in the field and high resources settings (Europe, US)
    Special populations: pregnancy and pediatrics
    Controversies with invasive therapies: dialysis, ventilation
    New therapies, Experimental drugs (Zmapp, Favipiravir, convalescent serum, etc) and vaccines
    DIAGNOSTICS EVD
    Rapid tests for EVD
    Laboratory: RT-PCR, serology and Ag determination.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Julian Frieden, Ira L. Rubin.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC683.5.E5 F67 1985
  • Digital
    Franklin H. Zimmerman.
    Summary: "A conversational, reader-friendly, clinical approach to electrocardiography. A how-to-read ECGs teaching tool that provides lessons from basic to advanced"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Background material/getting started
    How to use this book
    History
    Anatomy and physiology
    Electrophysiology
    Introduction to the EKG
    The cardiac rhythms. Introduction to laddergrams
    Mechanisms of arrhythmias
    Sinus rhythms
    Premature complexes and aberrancy
    Conduction abnormalities and heart block
    Supraventricular arrhythmias
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    Chamber enlargement. Atrial
    Ventricular
    Myocardial ischemia, infarction and pericarditis
    Preexcitation
    Pacemaker interpretation
    Miscellaneous conditions. Electrolyte imbalance
    Drug effects
    Qt prolongation
    Hypothermia
    A step-by-step method of interpretation
    Final exams
    Supplementary materials
    Diagnostic criteria
    Glossary
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessMedicine
  • Print
    Roland X. Stroobandt, S. Serge Barold, Alfons F. Sinnaeve.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and basic physiology
    ECG recording and ECG leads
    The normal ECG and the frontal plane QRS axis
    The components of the ECG waves and intervals
    P waves and atrial abnormalities
    Chamber enlargement and hypertrophy
    Intraventricular conduction defects
    Coronary artery disease and acute coronary syndromes
    Acute pericarditis
    The ECG in extracardiac disease
    Sinus node dysfunction
    Premature ventricular complexes (PVC)
    Atrioventricular block
    Atrial rhythm disorders
    Ventricular tachycardias
    Ventricular fibrillation and ventricular flutter
    Preexcitation and Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome (WPW)
    Electrolyte abnormalities
    Electrophysiologic concepts
    Antiarrhythmic drugs
    Pacemakers and their ECGs
    Errors in electrocardiography monitoring, computerized ECG, other sites of ECG recording
    How to read an ECG.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Fred Kusumoto.
    Summary: The second edition of this book provides an overview of electrocardiography from a pathophysiological basis. Refreshed with color illustrations, it incorporates new anatomic and electrophysiologic information as well as updated material on clinical applications of the electrocardiogram (ECG). Intended as a reference for students with a basic understanding of the ECG, the book's focus is to provide the fundamental anatomic and electrophysiologic processes that lead to ECG changes rather than simple pattern recognition. Each chapter has key points and questions with comprehensive explanations so that the reader can assess their understanding of the contents. It can be utilized as a guide - chapter by chapter - or read cover to cover for a complete overview. Case studies are included at the end of the book that integrate the multiple principles of electrocardiography. The Second Edition of ECG Interpretation: From Pathophysiology to Clinical Application is an essential text for medical students, residents, fellows, physicians, and nurses in cardiology and clinical cardiac electrophysiology.

    Contents:
    Part I. Fundamentals
    Chapter 1. Electrophysiology/Anatomic Principles
    Chapter 2. ECG Physics
    Chapter 3. Normal ECG
    Part II. Abnormal Depolarization and Repolarization
    Chapter 4. Hypertrophy
    Chapter 5. Bundle Branch Blocks, Fascicular Blocks
    Chapter 6. TU Waves
    Chapter 7. ST Segment Changes: Myocardial Infarction
    Chapter 8. ST Segment Changes: Other
    Part III. Arrhythmias
    Chapter 9. Premature Beats
    Chapter 10. Bradycardia
    Chapter 11. Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Chapter 12. Wide Complex Tachycardia
    Chapter 13. Pacing
    Part IV. Putting It All Together
    Chapter 14. Interpreting ECGs
    Chapter 15. Cases 1: Putting It All Together
    Chapter 16. Cases 2: ECG in Clinical Practice
    Chapter 17. Cases 3: Electrolytes
    Chapter 18. Orphans
    Chapter 19. Extra Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    clinical editor, Jessica Shank Coviello, DNP, APRN, ANP-BC, Associate Professor, Director of the Doctor of Nursing Practice Program, Yale University School of Nursing, West Haven, Connecticut.
    Contents:
    Cardiac anatomy and physiology / Opal V. Wilson
    Obtaining a rhythm strip / Jessica Shank Coviello
    Interpreting a rhythm strip / Carolynn Spera Bruno
    Sinus node arrhythmias / Leigh Ann Trujillo
    Atrial arrhythmias / Nancy Bekken
    Junctional arrhythmias / Karen Knight-Frank
    Ventricular arrhythmias / Maurice H. Espinoza
    Atrioventricular blocks / Leigh Ann Trujillo
    Nonpharmacologic treatments / Karen Crisfulla
    Pharmacologic treatments / Mary l. Johnston
    Obtaining a 12-lead ECG / Marcella Ann Mikalaitis
    Interpreting a 12-lead ECG / Carolynn Spera Bruno.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    clinical editor, Jessica Shank Coviello, DNP, APRN, ANP-BC.
    Summary: "Offering expert direction, this freshly updated, fully illustrated guide is packed with images and learning aids that support your understanding and retention in obtaining and interpreting rhythm strips. Recognize and treat a wide variety of arrhythmias with this vital text -- an ideal study aid and friendly on-the-unit support for both students and practicing nurses."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I. ECG fundamentals
    Chapter 1. Cardiac anatomy and physiology / Opal V. Wilson
    Chapter 2. Obtaining a rhythm strip / Jessica Shank Coviello
    Chapter 3. Interpreting a rhythm strip / Carolynn Spera Bruno
    Part II. Recognizing arrhythmias
    Chapter 4. Sinus node arrhythmias / Leigh Ann Trujillo
    Chapter 5. Atrial arrhythmias / Nancy Bekken
    Chapter 6. Junctional arrhythmias / Karen Knight-Frank
    Chapter 7. Ventricular arrhythmias / Maurice H. Espinoza
    Chapter 8. Atrioventricular blocks / Leigh Ann Trujillo
    Part III. Treating arrhythmias
    Chapter 9. Nonpharmacologic treatments / Karen Crisfulla
    Chapter 10. Pharmacologic treatments / Mary L. Johnston
    Part IV. The 12-lead ECG
    Chapter 11. Obtaining a 12-lead ECG / Marcella Ann Mikalaitis
    Chapter 12. Interpreting a 12-lead ECG / Carolynn Spera Bruno
    Appendices and index
    Practice makes perfect / Kathleen M. Hill
    ACLS algorithms
    Brushing up on interpretation skills / Kathleen M. Hill
    Look-alike ECG challenge
    Quick guide to arrhythmias
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Shirley A. Jones.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiologyof the heart
    The electrocardiogram
    Sinoatrial node arrhythmias
    Atrial arrhythmias
    Junctional arrhythmias
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    Atrioventricular and bundle branch blocks
    Artificial cardiac pacemakers
    Artifact
    The 12-lead ECG and acute myocardial infarction
    ECG practice test one
    ECG practice test two
    ECG practice test three
    ECG practice test four.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Thomas S Metkus.
    Summary: Includes nearly 200 tracings and 150 cases that teach you the art and Science of ECG interpretation. This book presents a set of tracings, which when taken together, demonstrate most of the abnormalities that a generalist physician trainee should be familiar with.

    Contents:
    Introduction: A focused step-wise guide to ECG interpretation
    Level 1
    Case #1
    Case #2
    Case #3
    Case #4
    Case #5
    Case #6
    Case #7
    Case #8
    Case #9
    Case #10
    Case #11
    Case #12
    Case #13
    Case #14
    Case #15
    Case #16
    Case #17
    Case #18
    Case #19
    Case #20
    Case #21
    Case #22
    Case #23
    Case #24
    Case #25
    Case #26
    Case #27
    Case #28
    Case #29
    Case #30
    Case #31
    Case #32
    Case #33
    Case #34
    Case #35
    Case #36
    Case #37
    Case #38
    Case #39
    Case #40
    Case #41
    Case #42
    Case #43
    Case #44
    Case #45
    Case #46
    Case #47
    Case #48
    Case #49
    Case #50
    Level 2
    Case #51
    Case #52
    Case #53
    Case #54
    Case #55
    Case #56
    Case #57
    Case #58
    Case #59
    Case #60
    Case #61
    Case #62
    Case #63
    Case #64
    Case #65
    Case #66
    Case #67
    Case #68
    Case #69
    Case #70
    Case #71
    Case #72
    Case #73
    Case #74
    Case #75
    Case #76
    Case #77
    Case #78
    Case #79
    Case #80
    Case #81
    Case #82
    Case #83
    Case #84
    Case #85
    Case #86
    Case #87
    Case #88
    Case #89
    Case #90
    Case #91
    Case #92
    Case #93
    Case #94
    Case #95
    Case #96
    Case #97
    Case #98
    Case #99
    Case #100
    Level 3
    Case #101
    Case #102
    Case #103
    Case #104
    Case #105
    Case #106
    Case #107
    Case #108
    Case #109
    Case #110
    Case #111
    Case #112
    Case #113
    Case #114
    Case #115
    Case #116
    Case #117
    Case #118
    Case #119
    Case #120
    Case #121
    Case #122
    Case #123
    Case #124
    Case #125
    Case #126
    Case #127
    Case #128
    Case #129
    Case #130
    Case #131
    Case #132
    Case #133
    Case #134
    Case #135
    Case #136
    Case #137
    Case #138
    Case #139
    Case #140
    Case #141
    Case #142
    Case #143
    Case #144
    Case #145
    Case #146
    Case #147
    Case #148
    Case #149
    Case #150.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2014
  • Print
    Jane Huff.
    Summary: "Fully addressing the most common arrhythmias, this clearly worded text will take you step-by-step through expert ECG tracing interpretation methods, including differentiating among rhythm groups, equipment use, and management protocols." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of the heart
    Electrophysiology
    Waveforms, complexes, intervals, and segments
    Cardiac monitors
    Analyzing a rhythm strip
    Sinus rhythms
    Atrial rhythms
    Junctional rhythms and AV blocks
    Ventricular rhythms and bundle-branch block
    Pacemaker
    Posttest.
    Digital Access Ovid 2023
  • Digital
    Jane Huff, RN, CCRN, Education Coordinator, Critical Care Unit, Arrhythmia Instructor, Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS) Instructor, Preceptor-Mentor, Critical Care Unit, Unity Health White County Medical Center, Searcy, Arkansas.
    Summary: "Grasp the electrocardiography basics and identify arrhythmias accurately, with the freshly updated ECG Workout, 7th Edition. Fully addressing the most common arrhythmias, this clearly worded text will take you step-by-step through expert ECG tracing interpretation methods, including differentiating among rhythm groups, equipment use, and management protocols. This is the go-to ECG guide for both student training and professional review--perfect for physicians, nurses, medical and nursing students, paramedics, emergency medical technicians, telemetry technicians, and related practitioners. Get a strong grounding in accurate ECG readings with: NEW pull-out arrhythmia summary cards help you interpret end-of-chapter practice strips, NEW and updated advanced cardiac life support (ACLS) guidelines incorporated in each arrhythmia chapter, NEW and updated figures, boxes, tables, and additional practice strips, Updated coverage of all ECG concepts and skills, including: Illustrated anatomy and physiology of the heart, Electrical basis of electrocardiology, Arrhythmia chapters: sinus, atrial, junctional and AV blocks, ventricular and bundle-branch block rhythms--examples, causes, clinical treatments, and practice strips, Step-by-step direction on interpreting rhythm strips, Components of the ECG tracing: waveforms, intervals, segments, complexes, and waveform identification, Discussion of cardiac monitors, lead systems, lead placement, ECG artifacts, and troubleshooting monitor problems, Methods for precise rate calculation, Discussion of cardiac pacemakers: types, indications, function, pacemaker terminology, malfunctions, and pacemaker analysis, with practice tracings. ECG conversion table ensures precise heart rate calculation with plastic pocket version inside back cover. Skillbuilder practice strips--more than 600 life-size ECG tracings: End-of-chapter strips from actual patients, with 3-second indicators for rapid-rate calculation, and answers at back of book. A mix of arrhythmias to help you distinguish among types. Posttest with mix of more than 100 waveform rhythm strips, for student testing or self-evaluation"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of the heart
    Electrophysiology
    Waveforms, intervals, segments, and complexes
    Cardiac monitors
    Analyzing a rhythm strip
    Sinus arrhythmias
    Atrial arrhythmias
    Junctional arrhythmias and AV blocks
    Ventricular arrhythmias and bundle-branch block
    Pacemakers
    Posttest.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Kathy R. Foltz and Amro Hamdoun.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Jae K. Oh, Garvan C. Kane, James B. Seward, A. Jamil Tajik.
    Summary: "This best-selling manual is a practical guide to the performance, interpretation, and clinical applications of echocardiography. It is written by recognized authorities at the Mayo Clinic and provides a concise, user-friendly summary of techniques, diagnostic criteria, and quantitative methods for both echocardiography and Doppler echocardiography. Discussion of each clinical problem also includes transesophageal echocardiography"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Hakimeh Sadeghian, Zahra Savand-Roomi.
    Summary: This atlas of echocardiography presents more than 100 cases of adult congenital heart disease, from diagnosis to treatment follow-up. The coverage is broad, encompassing atrial and ventricular septal defects, patent ductus arteriosus, cyanotic adult congenital heart disease, and numerous other anomalies, as well as findings on fetal echocardiography. For each disease, all echocardiographic images and views which proved of diagnostic value are arranged sequentially, with inclusion of transesophageal echocardiographic images whenever appropriate. Additional pertinent information is provided relating to diagnosis and treatment, and key teaching points are highlighted. The superb quality of the illustrations and the range of cases considered (including many rare ones) ensure that this atlas will be of great value for cardiology residents and fellows and highly relevant to day-to-day practice.

    Contents:
    Left to right shunts
    Cyanotic adult congenital heart disease
    Other anomalies
    Fetal heart echocardiography.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Petros Nihoyannopoulos, Joseph Kisslo, editors.
    Summary: This updated textbook provides an essential evidence-based approach to echocardiography and includes practical case-based instruction illustrating a wide variety of clinical scenarios in which echocardiography is a vital diagnostic option for physicians. It reflects how echocardiography has evolved into a complex multimodality method for evaluating and quantifying cardiovascular lesions, and explains the use of hemodynamic assessment of the heart using echocardiography, transesophageal and three-dimensional echocardiography, deformation imaging and assessment of myocardial perfusion, which have added a new dimension to real-time noninvasive evaluation of patients. Echocardiography highlights the clinical utility of these evolving modalities that are now crucial to the renaissance of echocardiography, and it provides a thorough clinical review of this most revealing and adaptable methods of imaging a patient. The Editors and their world-class group of contributors have created an essential reference for those in training or who already use echocardiography in their practice. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Tarak Rambhatla, Gila Perk.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive yet easy to read study guide for those preparing for the echocardiography board examinations, which brings all of the critical resources together into one convenient and portable resource. Echocardiography is an integral part of routine cardiology practice and this book represents a quick, yet thorough, reference that can be easily consulted to help practicing clinicians deliver high quality care to their patients. The Echocardiography Companion: Study Guide and Review includes a comprehensive educationally-focused review of the technique, its clinical uses, applications, and utilization in all cardiac conditions. The practical and quick reference format allows it to serve as a reference book and as a helpful companion to students, on which notes can be taken while studying from other resources such as board review videos.

    Contents:
    Echocardiography Physics
    Chamber Quantification
    Systolic Function and Strain Imaging
    Coronary Artery Disease and Stress Testing
    Diastolic Function
    Right Ventricular Function and Pulmonary Hypertension
    Aortic Valve
    Mitral Valve.-Tricuspid Valve and Pulmonic Valve
    Prosthetic Valves
    Cardiomyopathies: Dilated, Hypertrophic, Restrictive, Right Sided
    Echocardiographic Swan Ganz Cather: Hemodynamics
    Pericardial Disease
    Aortic Disease
    Congenital Heart Disease
    Cardiac Masses
    Additional Echo Modalities: M mode, TEE, 3D echo, Interventional echo. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Michel Slama, editor.
    Summary: This book offers readers a better understanding of how to perform echocardiography in their daily intensive care unit (ICU) work. With numerous practical examples highlighting the indices and hemodynamic monitoring profiles that physicians could encounter, it considers echocardiography not merely as a simple imaging technique, but as a practical diagnostic and hemodynamic monitoring tool. The booklet is richly illustrated with figures explaining how to perform echo, and includes numerous tables, simple equations and normal and abnormal values. Echocardiography in ICU, a pocket guide written by the leading international experts in the field, is an excellent source of information and guidance for all residents and physicians working in ICU, emergency medicine, anesthesia and cardiology as well.

    Contents:
    Foreword.-Preface
    Ultrasound Physics
    Section 1 TEE and TTE Views.-Transthoracic echocardiography: views and measurements
    Transoesophageal echo views and measurements
    Artifacts
    Section II: Echocardiography in ICU
    Echocardiography in ICU: when to use it
    Transthoracic echocardiography : technical aspects
    Transesophageal echocardiography (TEE) in mechanically ventilated patients: practical aspects
    Section III: Heart lung interactions
    Heart lung interactions
    Section IV: Hemodynamic evaluation
    Fluid requirement and fluid-responsiveness
    LV global and segmental systolic function including cardiac output
    LV diastolic function and PAOPRight ventricular function
    Pulmonary artery pressures
    Section V: Shocks
    Hypovolemia fluid-responsiveness
    Cardiogenic shock
    Septic shock
    Section VI: Respiratory failures
    Respiratory failure
    Right to left shunt
    Section VII: Pathologies
    Pericardial Effusion and tamponade
    Echocardiography in ARDS
    Pulmonary embolism
    Valvulopathy quantification
    Infective Endocarditis
    Prosthetic valve evaluation
    Myocardial infarction and complications
    Acute diseases of the thoracic aorta.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Benjamin W. Eidem, MD, FACC, FASE, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Divisions of Pediatric Cardiology and Cardiovascular diseases, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Patrick W. O'Leary, MD, FACC, FASE, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Divisions of Pediatric Cardiology and Cardiovascular Diseases, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Frank Cetta, MD, FACC, FASE, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Divisions of Pediatric Cardiology and Cardiovascular Diseases, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Contents:
    Principles of cardiovascular ultrasound
    Practical issues related to the examination, anatomic image orientation, and segmental cardiovascular analysis
    Quantitative methods in echocardiography-basic techniques
    Quantitative methods in echocardiography-advanced techniques for the assessment of ventricular function
    Anomalies of the pulmonary and systemic venous connections
    Abnormalities of atria and atrial septation
    Atrioventricular septal defects
    Ebstein's malformation and tricuspid valve diseases
    Echocardiographic assessment of mitral valve abnormalities
    Congenitally corrected transposition of the great arteries
    Ventricular septal defects
    Univentricular atrioventricular connections
    Abnormalities of right ventricular outflow
    Abnormalities of left ventricular outflow
    Tetralogy of fallot
    d-Transposition of the great arteries
    Double-outlet right and left ventricles
    Truncus arteriosus
    Patent ductus arteriosus and aortopulmonary window
    Abnormalities of the aortic arch
    Marfan syndrome: aortic aneurysm and dissection
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Additional cardiomyopathies
    Pericardial disorders
    Systemic diseases
    Vascular abnormalities
    Cardiac tumors
    Evaluation of the transplanted heart
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Echocardiography in the diagnosis and management of endocarditis
    Evaluation of prosthetic valves
    Fetal echocardiography
    Three-dimensional echocardiography in congenital heart diseases
    Stress echocardiography
    Intracardiac and intraoperative transesophageal echocardiography
    Interventional echocardiography in congenital heart disease
    Echocardiographic assessment of mechanical circulatory support
    Cardiac magnetic resonance and computed tomographic imaging in congenital heart disease
    Evaluation of the adult with transposition after atrial or arterial switch operations
    Tetralogy of fallot with pulmonary regurgitation
    Echocardiographic evaluation of the functionally univentricular heart after fontan "Operation"
    Eisenmenger syndrome
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Benjamin W. Eidem, Leo Lopez, Jonathan N. Johnson, Frank Cetta.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Wyman W. Lai, Luc L. Mertens, Meryl S. Cohen, Tal Geva.
    Summary: "This textbook was designed to be a resource on echocardiography in pediatric and congenital heart disease. When first published in 2009, this book filled a void of nearly 10 years between major textbooks in the field. In this textbook we strived to provide a comprehensive source of information for both beginners and advanced practitioners. At the time of the first edition, the "special" topics included 3D echocardiography and fetal echocardiography. When we updated the textbook in 2016, the newer topics were post-Fontan imaging and pregnancy with heart disease. In this updated third edition of our comprehensive textbook, we focused on consolidating recent advances in echocardiography into routine practice. We have incorporated the topics of speckle tracking echocardiography and 3D echocardiography into the chapters discussing ventricular function and cardiovascular lesions. To highlight the progress in our profession, we added new chapters on assessment of the right ventricle, the transitional neonatal circulation, and the role of multimodality imaging. In our "key elements" sections, we continued to emphasize echocardiographic predictors of important clinical outcomes. Many, if not most, of the images and videos have been replaced to give the readers up-to-date examples of essential clinical images"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Eyal Herzog, Edgar Argulian.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the use of echocardiography in the rapidly evolving field of critical care cardiology. Increasingly, cardiac care units (CCU) are focusing on the management of patients with multisystem diseases, advanced hemodynamics compromise, complex ventricular arrhythmias, and established or incipient multi-organ failure. This book covers ultrasound applications in such topics as hemodynamic assessment and the assessment of patients with intracardiac devices. Syndrome-based echocardiography in the CCU is also covered with an emphasis on using echocardiography in patients with acute dyspnea, acute chest pain and neurologic syndromes. The use of contrast echocardiography in the CCU is also covered. Echocardiography in the CCU reveals the essential role of various echocardiographic modalities in modern acute cardiovascular care. This is therefore a critical resource for all cardiology practitioners and trainees who use echocardiography in CCUs.

    Contents:
    Hemodynamic assessment in the CCU by Echo
    Use of Echo in Patients with Intra-Cardiac Device
    Non Cardiac Ultrasound in the CCU
    Hand held Ultrasound devices in the CCU
    Contrast Echo in the CCU
    Echo in Acute Chest Pain
    Echo in Acute Dyspnea
    Echo in Syncope
    Echo in Hypotension and Shock
    Echo in Cardiac Arrest
    Echo in a Patient with Arrhythmia
    Echo in Acute Neurologic Syndrome
    Echo in a Patient with a new murmur.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Chiara Robba, Giuseppe Citerio.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to educate and train practitioners in the safe and professional use of diagnostic ultrasound imaging in the visualization and interpretation of various cerebral conditions not only in neurointensive care, but also in the operating room and, in general, cardiothoracic and neurocritical care settings. It is chiefly intended for anaesthetists and intensivists with a basic knowledge of ultrasound physics, but also for neurosurgeons and neurologists. All chapters were coordinated by the Editors, with experiences in hands-on courses on Echography and Doppler of the Brain, and prepared by international experts. The book covers from basic principles to estimation of intracranial pressure and cerebral perfusion. The topics cover emergency department and prehospital brain US as part of POCUS and US multiorgan evaluation to general intensive care, neurointensive care and anesthesia, including special populations as pregnant and children and setting as LMIC. Clinical scenarios complete the book. An innovative and unique guide that equips readers to perform bedside and non-invasive assessments for a range of cerebrovascular diseases.

    Contents:
    Part I. Technology, views and normal echo anatomy
    Physical principles probe/Technology
    Basic anatomy with TCCD and vessels
    Windows and practical approach: the MoTOr
    ONSD
    Limitations and pitfalls
    The minimal, intermediate and advanced skills: how to boost your competencies
    Part II. PI, FV, Autoregulation, Cr Cl
    Intracranial pressure
    Brain US for cerebral perfusion
    Part III. Pathology and clinical applications: Emergency department
    Emergency department and prehospital brain US as part of POCUS and US multiorgan evaluation
    Part IV. Liver failure, metabolic coma, sepsis
    Meningitis, stroke
    Cardiac arrest
    ARDS (protective ventilation), ECMO
    Part V. Intracerebral haematomas, midlineshift, hydrocephalus
    SAH Vasospasm
    Brain US in the neurologic settings
    Brain death
    Part VI. Pathology and clinical applications: Applications in neurosurgery
    Applications in neurosurgery
    Applications in low middle income countries
    Part VII. Pathology and clinical applications: specific considerations
    Pediatric population
    Pregnant patients
    Part VIII. Pathology and clinical applications: Intraoperative applications
    Non cardiac surgery
    Cardiac surgery
    Part X. Pathology and clinical applications
    Clinical cases images: clinical scenarios.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Scudder, John M.
    Digital Access Google Books 1864-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    X41 .S43 1885
    1
  • Digital
    Fabio Sangalli, Nicolò Patroniti, Antonio Pesenti, editors.
    Summary: Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) has been in clinical use for some 40 years, but it is only in the past decade that its application in the treatment of life-threatening circulatory and respiratory failure has truly flourished. This book presents a comprehensive overview of both pathophysiological and practical aspects of circulatory and respiratory extracorporeal support. The basics of ECMO, including its history, the "ECMO team", cannulation, materials, and blood-surface interactions, are first discussed. The various indications for and particular characteristics of circulatory and respiratory extracorporeal life support are then described in detail in the main part of the book. Patient care during ECMO and monitoring of the ECMO patient are also carefully covered, with explanation of the management of technical and clinical complications and transport-related problems. Further topics include long-term therapy options beyond ECMO, such as ventricular assist devices and transplants, outcome, the new frontiers of ECMO for organ procurement and future challenges. The authors are well-known experts in the field whose authoritative contributions and attention to practical aspects will be invaluable for novices and experienced practitioners alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Jeffrey Dellavolpe.
    Summary: "ECMO (extracorporeal membrane oxygenation) is a crucial form of support for patients with respiratory failure, severe ARDS, COVID-19, and cardiogenic shock whose use has been increasing exponentially around the world. The ECMO Book offers a comprehensive yet approachable framework for understanding the principles of extracorporeal support as well as the subtleties related to the care of patients needing ECMO. Dr. Jeffrey DellaVolpe provides authoritative, consistent guidance on all aspects of ECMO, making complex information understandable and accessible and helping you increase your knowledge of and proficiency with this multifaceted therapy. "--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Oxygen Delivery and Consumption
    Shock
    Recognition of Shock
    Hypoxia
    The Failure of DO 2 - Did What I Do to the Patient Just Work?
    Introduction to ECMO Fundamentals
    Indications and Selection of Patients for ECMO
    ECMO Configurations
    Components, Sensors, and Circuit Access
    Blood Flow Dynamics
    Membrane Characteristics
    Veno-Venous ECMO Physiology
    Veno-Arterial ECMO Physiology
    Physiology of Retrograde Flow
    Central Veno-Arterial ECMO Physiology
    Introduction to ECMO Management Principles
    Blood Flow Titration
    Sweep Gas Flow Titration
    Ventilator Management on ECMO
    Anticoagulation and Bleeding Management
    Pharmacokinetics.
  • Digital
    Rakesh Singh Sengar, Ashu Singh, editors.
    Summary: As the world population is exploding and alongside fluctuations in climate is also prevalent, there is an increasing stress on the food requirements of the population. We have an urgent necessity to produce more food in the limited agricultural land. Further, to feed 7 billion people there is a requirement of high yielding crops, without harming environment and limiting the use of unnecessary pesticide and chemical fertilizers. Therefore it has become crucial to develop agri-bio-techniques which are environment friendly and also give high crop productivity. Many countries are evaluating the utility of biotechnology and its role in addressing problems of food security and poverty. Biotechnology is the application of scientific and engineering principles to the processing and production of materials by utilising biological agents. These agents are exploited to provide goods and services. Agricultural biotechnology encompasses a growing list of techniques that range from simple probes to determine a relevant gene from the complete genome to manipulating genes for a desired outcome. Many other popular methods used in the realm of agricultural technology are - gene integration, Marker-assisted breeding, Tissue culture, Gene profiling or association mapping, Metabolomics etc. The fundamental challenge facing the scientific community is how to devise innovative strategies that will bring all developed as well as developing countries into the "biological fold" and to do so in ways that will take full advantage of advances in the biological sciences to curb poverty, improve public health, and promote human development. This book contains information on eco-friendly techniques for high crop productivity and it is a myriad of different techniques and technology used to sustain productivity in crop plants. There are fewer books focusing on large-scale organic farming, molecular farming etc. Multidisciplinary research and literature is needed to deliver knowledge and products into the marketplace which fulfil these requirements. The present book is a collection of literature contributed by experts, scientists, professors, and researchers from around the world, it emphasizes work of concerned scientist and his choice of techniques used for enhancement of agricultural production. This book analyses the use of modern techniques to increase crop yields, production, and risk of hunger linked to socioeconomic scenarios.

    Contents:
    Organic Agriculture: Techniques to Improve Crop Production
    Recent Biotechnological Approaches to Produce Climate-ready-crops and Enhancing Crop Productivity
    Bioformulation and Fluid Bed Drying: A new approach towards an improved biofertilizer formulation
    Analysis of chlorophyll fluorescence: a reliable technique in determination of stress on plants
    The LISA and SOCRATEES© approach for sustainable crop and soil management
    Integrated farming systems for sustainable agriculture
    Resource conserving technologies for enhancing resource use efficiency and crop productivity
    Biotechnological tools for Enhancing Abiotic Stress Tolerance in plant
    Bioengineering of DREB and NAC Transcription Factors for Enhancing Plant Tolerance against Abiotic Stresses
    Perspectives in high-throughput phenotyping of qualitative traits at the whole-plant level
    An Overview of QTL Identification and Marker Assisted Selection for Grain Protein Content in Wheat
    Statistical Data Analysis Tools-Software prospects for Crop Productivity.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kuldeep Bauddh, Sanjeev Kumar, Rana Pratap Singh, John Korstad, editors.
    Summary: Rampant industrialization, urbanization, and population growth have resulted in increased global environmental contamination. The productivity of agricultural soil is drastically deteriorated and requires a high dose of fertilizers to cultivate crops. To ensure food security, farmers are compelled to apply excess chemical fertilizers and insecticides that contaminate soil, air, and water. Heavy loads of chemical fertilizers not only degrade the quality of agricultural land but also pollute water and air. Use of chemical fertilizers also accelerate the release of greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide and methane along with nutrient runoff from the watershed in to lower elevation rivers and lakes, resulting in cultural eutrophication. Farming practices globally in developed, developing, and under-developing countries should utilize and promote sustainable methods through viable combined environmental, social, and economic means that improve rather than harm future generations. This can include use of non-synthetic fertilizers like compost, vermicompost, slow-release fertilizers, farmyard manures, crop rotations that include nitrogen-fixing legumes. Organic fertilizers like compost and vermicompost improve soil properties like texture, porosity, water-holding capacity, organic matter, as well as nutrient availability. The purpose of this book is to document the available alternatives of synthetic fertilizers, their mode of action, efficiency, preparation methodology, practical suggestions for sustainable practices, and needed research focus. The book will cover major disciplines like plant science, environmental science, agricultural science, agricultural biotechnology and microbiology, horticulture, soil science, atmospheric science, agro-forestry, agronomy, and ecology. This book is helpful for farmers, scientists, industrialists, research scholars, masters and graduate students, non-governmental organizations, financial advisers, and policy makers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgment
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Sustainable Agricultural Approaches for Enhanced Crop Productivity, Better Soil Health, and Improved Ecosystem Services
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Crop Productivity Along with Soil Health
    1.3 High-Yielding Varieties (HYVs) and Genetically Modified Varieties (GMVs)
    1.4 Modern Agricultural Practices and Their Impacts on Ecosystem Services (ES)
    1.5 Environmentally Friendly Agricultural Practices and Ecosystem Services
    1.6 Soil-Friendly Crops
    1.7 Soil-Friendly Fertilizers and Pesticides
    1.7.1 Biofertilizer 1.7.2 Biopesticides
    1.7.3 Green Manure
    1.7.4 Farmyard Manure (FYM)
    1.7.5 Biochar
    1.7.6 Vermicompost
    1.7.7 Slow-Release Fertilizers
    1.8 Soil-Friendly Farming Practices
    1.8.1 Crop Rotation
    1.8.2 Multi-cropping
    1.8.3 Mixed Cropping
    1.8.4 Strip Cropping
    1.8.5 Zero/Low Tillage
    1.8.6 Nitrogen-Fixing Cropping
    1.9 Conclusion
    References
    2: Ecologically Sound and Practical Applications for Sustainable Agriculture
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Need for Topsoil
    2.3 No-Till
    2.4 Crossbreeding and Genetics
    2.5 Case Studies Around the World
    2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Communication
    2.8 Economic Viability
    2.9 Education
    2.10 Final Thoughts
    References
    3: Destruction of Soil Health and Risk of Food Contamination by Application of Chemical Fertilizer
    3.1 Mineral or Chemical Fertilizers
    3.2 Application of Chemical Fertilizers
    3.2.1 Direct Application
    3.2.1.1 Surface Feeding
    3.2.1.2 Foliage Feeding
    3.2.1.3 Indirect Application
    3.3 Contamination of Soil Health
    3.3.1 Soil Health
    3.4 Chemical Fertilizers and the Risk of Food Contamination
    3.5 Discussion
    3.6 Conclusion
    References 4: Impacts of Synthetic Pesticides on Soil Health and Non-targeted Flora and Fauna
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Need of Pesticides
    4.3 Synthetic Pesticides
    4.4 Types of Synthetic Pesticides
    4.4.1 Organochlorine Pesticides
    4.4.2 Organophosphorus Pesticides
    4.4.3 Carbamates
    4.5 Toxicity of Synthetic Pesticides
    4.5.1 Toxicity to the Animals
    4.5.2 Toxicity to Plants
    4.5.3 Toxicity to the Soil
    4.6 Impact of Synthetic Pesticides on Non-targeted Beneficial Insects
    4.7 Conclusion
    References
    5: Ecological Consequences of Genetically Modified Crops on Soil Biodiversity 5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Genetically Modified Crops
    5.3 Role of Genetically Modified Crops in Agriculture
    5.4 Environmental Consequences of GM Crops
    5.4.1 Impact on Human Health
    5.4.2 Impact on Plants
    5.4.3 Impacts on Soil Biodiversity
    5.4.4 Impact on Non-targeted Insects
    5.5 Risk of Gene Flow
    5.6 Conclusion
    References
    6: Application of Biochar in Agriculture: A Sustainable Approach for Enhanced Plant Growth, Productivity and Soil Health
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Biochar
    6.2.1 Synthesis of Biochar
    6.2.2 Characteristics of Biochar
    6.2.2.1 pH
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Felix Fuders, Pablo J. Donoso, editors.
    Summary: This book proposes strategies for improving the resilience and conservation of temperate forests in South America, such that these forests can provide ecosystem services in a sustainable way. As such it contributes to the design of a resilient human-forest model that takes into account the multiculturalism of local communities, in many cases including aspects of ecological economics, development economics and territorial development planning that are related to indigenous peoples or first nations. Further, it provides proposals for public and territorial policies that improve the state of conservation of native forests and forest ecosystems, based on a critical analysis of the economic factors that lead to the degradation of forest ecosystems in South America today. This edition was conceived by members of the Transdisciplinary Research Center for Social and Ecological Strategies for Sustainable Forest Management in South America at the Universidad Austral de Chile. It includes contributions by distinguished researchers from around the world, combining the fields of economics, ecology, biology, anthropology, sociology and statistics. It is not, however, simply a collection of works written by authors from different disciplines, but rather each chapter is in itself transdisciplinary. This approach makes the book a unique contribution to enhancing social, managerial and political approaches to forestry management, helping to protect forest ecosystem services and make them more sustainable. This, in turn, will benefit local communities and society as a whole, by reducing the negative externalities of forestry management and enhancing future opportunities.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Part 1. General thoughts on transdisciplinarity, economics and ecology
    Chapter 1. Towards a transdisciplinary ecological economics: a cognitive approach
    Chapter 2. The 'Tragedy of the Commons' and the role of the money interest rate
    Chapter 3. Allocative efficiency and property rights in ecological economics: why we need to distinguish between man-made capital and natural resources
    Part 2. Chile
    Chapter 4. Subsidizing green deserts in southern Chile
    between fast growth and sustainability of Forest Management
    Chapter 5. Land use as a socio-ecological system: developing a transdisciplinary approach to studies of land use change in south-central Chile
    Chapter 6. Between extractivism and conservation: tree plantations, forest reserves, and peasant territorialities in Los Ríos, Chile
    Chapter 7. Land tenure insecurity and forest conservation in Chile: the case of the Mapuche Huilliche indigenous communities in the coastal range rainforests of Mapu Lahual
    Chapter 8. Towards a New Forest Model for Chile: managing forest ecosystems to increase their social, ecological and economic benefits
    Chapter 9. On ecosystem dynamics for the conservation of wetlands and forest
    Part 3. Brazil
    Chapter 10. Transdisciplinary case study approaches to the ecological restoration of rainforest ecosystems
    Chapter 11. Forest governance in Brazil and Chile: institutions and practices in the implementation of sustainable management of native forests
    Chapter 12. Municipal private natural heritage reserves: uses and attributions of Natural Protected Areas in the city of Curitiba (PR)
    Chapter 13. Understanding adoption and design of incentive-based forest conservation policies: a case study of the SISA Program in Acre, Brazil
    Conclusions
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Martin Drechsler.
    Summary: "Ecologists and economists both use models to help develop strategies for biodiversity management. The practical use of disciplinary models, however, can be limited because ecological models tend not to address the socioeconomic dimension of biodiversity management, whereas economic models tend to neglect the ecological dimension. Given these shortcomings of disciplinary models, there is a necessity to combine ecological and economic knowledge into ecological-economic models. Gradually guiding the reader into the field of ecological-economic modelling by introducing mathematical models and their role in general, this book provides an overview on ecological and economic modelling approaches relevant for research in the field of biodiversity conservation. It discusses the advantages of and challenges associated with ecological-economic modelling, together with an overview of useful ways of integration. Although being a book about mathematical modelling, ecological and economic concepts play an equally important role, making the book accessible for readers from very different disciplinary backgrounds"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What is a model?
    Purposes of modelling
    Typical model features
    Homogenous deterministic population models
    Homogenous stochastic population models
    Spatial population models
    Models with individual variability
    Models of biodiversity
    Instruments for biodiversity conservation
    Game theory
    Incentive design
    Modelling human decisions
    The agglomeration bonus
    Foundations of ecological- foundations of ecological-economic modelling
    Benefits and challenges of ecological-economic modelling
    Integration of ecological and economic models
    Examples of ecological-economic modelling
    Outlook.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    Christian R. Landry, Nadia Aubin-Horth, editors.
    Summary: "Researchers in the field of ecological genomics aim to determine how a genome or a population of genomes interacts with its environment across ecological and evolutionary timescales. Ecological genomics is trans-disciplinary by nature. Ecologists have turned to genomics to be able to elucidate the mechanistic bases of the biodiversity their research tries to understand. Genomicists have turned to ecology in order to better explain the functional cellular and molecular variation they observed in their model organisms. Ecological genomics covers 3 fields of research that have most benefited from the recent technological and conceptual developments in the field of ecological genomics: the study of life-history evolution and its impact of genome architectures; the study of the genomic bases of phenotypic plasticity and the study of the genomic bases of adaptation and speciation"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Recent advances in ecological genomics: from phenotypic plasticity to convergent and adaptive evolution and speciation
    Trait transitions in explicit ecological and genomic contexts: plant mating systems as case studies
    Revisiting Mortimer's genome renewal hypothesis: heterozygosity, homothallism, and the potential for adaptation in yeast
    Ecological genomics of adaptation and speciation in Fungi
    Integrating phenotypic plasticity within an ecological genomics framework: recent insights from the genomics, evolution, ecology, and fitness of plasticity
    Eco-evo-devo: the time has come
    Evolutionary and ecological genomics of developmental plasticity: novel approaches and first insights from the study of horned beetles
    Neurogenomics of behavioral plasticity
    Ecological genomics of host behavior manipulation by parasites
    Ecological epigenetics
    The reproducibility of adaptation in the light of experimental evolution with whole genome sequencing
    Ecological Genomics of Host Shifts in Drosophila mojavensis
    The genomics of an adaptive radiation
    insights across the Heliconius speciation continuum
    Merging ecology and genomics to dissect diversity in wild tomatoes and their relatives
    Integrated genomics approaches in evolutionary and ecological endocrinology
    Evolutionary genomics of environmental pollution
    Signatures of natural selection and ecological differentiation in microbial genomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Manoj Kumar Jhariya, Ram Swaroop Meena, Arnab Banerjee, editors.
    Summary: Ecological intensification involves using natural resources such as land, water, soil nutrients, and other biotic and abiotic variables in a sustainable way to achieve high performance and efficiency in agricultural yield with minimal damage to the agroecosystems. With increasing food demand there is high pressure on agricultural systems. The concept of ecological intensification presents the mechanisms of ensuring high agricultural productivity by restoration the soil health and landscape ecosystem services. The approach involves the replacement of anthropogenic inputs with eco-friendly and sustainable alternates. Effective ecological intensification requires an understanding of ecosystems services, ecosystem's components, and flow of resources in the agroecosystems. Also, awareness of land use patterns, socio-economic factors, and needs of the farmer community plays a crucial role. It is therefore essential to understand the interaction of ecosystem constituents within the extensive agricultural landscape. The editors critically examined the status of ecological stress in agroecosystems and address the issue of ecological intensification for natural resources management. Drawing upon research and examples from around the world, the book is offering an up-to-date account, and insight into the approaches that can be put in practice for poly-cropping systems and landscape-scale management to increase the stability of agricultural production systems to achieve Ecological resilience. It further discusses the role of farmer communities and the importance of their awareness about the issues. This book will be of interest to teachers, researchers, climate change scientists, capacity builders, and policymakers. Also, the book serves as additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of agriculture, forestry, ecology, agronomy, soil science, and environmental sciences. National and international agricultural scientists, policymakers will also find this to be a useful read for green future.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Ecological Intensification of Natural Resources towards Sustainable Productive System
    Chapter 2. Ecologically Harmonized Agricultural Management for Global Food Security
    Chapter 3. Ecological Intensification: A Step towards Biodiversity Conservation and Management of Terrestrial Landscape
    Chapter 4. Climate Change and Agricultural Sustainable Intensification in the Arid Lands
    Chapter 5. Ecological Intensification for Sustainable Development
    Chapter 6. Ecological Intensification for Sustainable Agriculture in South Asia
    Chapter 7. Ecological Intensification for Sustainble Agriculture and Environment in India
    Chapter 8. Mulching and Weed Management towards Sustainability
    Chapter 9. Vertical Greenhouses Agro-technology- Solution toward Environmental Problems
    chapter 10. Bioremediation of Lead Contaminated Soils for Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 11. Pollination and Ecological Intensification: A Way towards Green Revolution
    Chapter 12. Ecosystem Services of Himalayan Alder
    Chapter 13. Soil Carbon Stock and Sequestration: Implications for Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation
    Chpater 14. Ecomodelling towards Natural Resource Management and Sustainability
    Chapter 15. Ecological Intensification for Sustainable Agriculture: The Nigerian Perspective
    Chapter 16. Eco-designing for Sustainability
    Chpater 17. Ecological Intensification: Towards Food and Environmental Security in Sub-Saharan Africa
    Chapter 18. Eco-intensified Breeding Strategies for Improving Climate Resilience in Goats.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Wesley Dáttilo, Victor Rico-Gray, editors.
    Summary: Based on graph theory studies this book seeks to understand how tropical species interact with each other and how these interactions are affected by perturbations in some of the most species-rich habitats on earth. Due to the great diversity of species and interactions in the tropics, this book addresses a wide range of current and future issues with empirical examples and complete revisions on different types of ecological networks: from mutualisms to antagonisms. The goal of this publication is not to be only for researchers but also for undergraduates in different areas of knowledge, and also to serve as a reference text for graduate-level courses mainly in the life sciences.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Abbreviations; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Tropical Biodiversity: The Importance of Biotic Interactions for Its Origin, Maintenance, Function, and Conservation; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Biotic Interactions and the Origin of Tropical Forest Biodiversity; 1.3 Biotic Interactions and the Maintenance of Tropical Biodiversity; 1.4 Biotic Interactions and Ecosystem Functioning; 1.5 Management and Conservation Implications; References;
    Chapter 2: The History of Ecological Networks; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Pioneering Natural Historians. 2.3 Early Ecologists2.4 Food Web Models; 2.5 Modern Developments in Ecological Network Analysis; 2.6 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 3: The Structure of Ecological Networks; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Indices to Describe the Topology of Ecological Networks; 3.3 Indices to Describe the Roles of Individual Species; 3.4 Factors That Influence the Structure of Ecological Networks; 3.5 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Ecology and Evolution of Species-Rich Interaction Networks; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Ecological Dynamics; 4.3 Evolutionary Dynamics; 4.4 Eco-evolutionary Dynamics. 4.5 The Challenge Ahead: Eco-evolutionary Dynamics in Tropical, Species-Rich NetworksReferences;
    Chapter 5: The Complex Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Relationship Within Tropical Ecological Networks; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Interactions in a Network Perspective; 5.3 Origin and Maintenance of Structural Patterns in Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; 5.4 The Robustness of Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; 5.5 Limitations and Recommendations for the Study of Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; 5.6 Future Directions in the Study of Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; References;
    Chapter 6: Plant-Pollinator Networks in the Tropics: A Review. 6.1 Introduction6.2 A Profile of Pollination Network Studies; 6.3 Global Distribution of the Studies; 6.4 Comprehensive Versus Partial Networks and Habitats Sampled; 6.5 Sampling Methods; 6.6 Structure and Drivers of Pollination Networks; 6.7 General Network Patterns; 6.7.1 Low Connectance; 6.7.2 Uneven Degree Distribution and Interaction Strength; 6.7.3 Asymmetric Interactions; 6.7.4 Nestedness; 6.7.5 Modularity; 6.8 Drivers of Network Structure and a Nicheâ#x80;#x93;Neutral Continuum Model for Interactions; 6.8.1 Contemporary Mechanisms. 6.8.2 A â#x80;#x9C;Neutralâ#x80;#x93;Niche Continuum Modelâ#x80;#x9D; for Species Interactions6.8.3 Evolutionary History May Shape Interactions by Its Influence on Species Traits; 6.8.4 Historical Drivers of Interactions; 6.9 Is There a Latitudinal Gradient of Specialization in Pollination Networks?; 6.10 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 7: Tropical Seed Dispersal Networks: Emerging Patterns, Biases, and Keystone Species Traits; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Temporal and Spatial Distribution of Tropical Seed Dispersal Networks; 7.3 Basic Network Descriptors and Methodological Bias; 7.4 Methodological Bias.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Charles M. Crisafulli, Virginia H. Dale, editors.
    Summary: This book builds on existing work exploring succession, disturbance ecology, and the interface between geophysical and biological systems in the aftermath of the 1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens. The eruption was dramatic both in the spatial extent of its impact and the range of volcanic disturbance types and intensities. Complex geophysical forces created unparalleled opportunities to study initial ecological responses and long-term succession processes that occur in response to a major contemporary eruption across a great diversity of ecosystems, lowland to alpine forests, meadows, lakes, streams, and rivers. These factors make Mount St. Helens an extremely rich environment for learning about the ecology of volcanic areas and, more generally, about ecosystem response to major disturbance of many types, including land management. Lessons about ecological recovery at Mount St. Helens are shaping thought about succession, disturbance ecology, ecosystem management, and landscape ecology. Explosive Mount St. Helens now rivals Krakatoa's 1883 eruption for understanding ecological change. Researchers escaping their desks have produced top science by repeated immersion, inspiration and observation in nature. From a mountain with conspicuous heterogeneous geology, the big picture emerges, and landscape ecology's evolving spatial patterns come alive. Bounce-back ecosystem recovery processes enrich the concepts of both resilience and ecological succession. Readers will relish the cascade of discoveries here. Richard T.T. Forman, retired PAES Professor of Landscape Ecology at Harvard University. A volcanic eruption instantly resets the ecological clock, starting a process of recovery and renewal that follows multiple pathways. The lessons gleaned from the contributions to this book apply not just to Mount St. Helens, but more broadly, to less spectacular but more frequent environmental disturbances of all sorts. John A. Wiens, former Chief Scientist, The Nature Conservancy, and Adjunct Professor, University of Western Australia "Research following the eruption of Mount St. Helens has helped revolutionize our thinking about how forest ecosystems respond to disturbances. Now, as demonstrated in this book, it has also become the global go-to locale for scientific information on impacts of volcanic eruptions! We are incredibly fortunate to have this latest volume summarizing science in this eruptive landscape." Jerry F. Franklin, Professor of Forest Ecosystems, University of Washington.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    C. Max Finlayson, Gurdeep Rastogi, Deepak R. Mishra, Ajit K. Pattnaik, editors.
    Summary: This book chronicles the decades-long work of studying, analyzing, and reversing the environmental pressures that threatened India's Chilika Lagoon, the largest brackish-water lagoon in the region, and the second largest in the world. Designated as one of India's first Ramsar Sites in 1981, Chilika Lagoon continued to degrade for a decade longer. Then, the Chilika Development Authority (CDA) was established to gather information and devise a restoration plan that benefits the ecosystems of the lagoon, with sensitivity to the needs and livelihoods of local communities. Expert contributors detail the work of analysis, planning and implementation, including extensive coverage of such topics as: Devising a plan for implementing Ramsar wise use guidelines Sedimentologic, chemical, and isotopic impacts Hydrodynamics and salinity Runoff and sediment in watersheds of the Lagoon's Western Catchment Long-term analysis of water quality and continued water quality monitoring Bio-optical models for cyclone impact assessment Studies of geomorphology, land use, and sedimentary environments Spatiotemporal assessment of phytoplankton communities Creation of a post-restoration scenario for fish and fisheries Assessing status of waterbirds, species diversity and migration patterns The result was a major hydrological intervention to re-establish hydrological and salinity regimes, biodiversity, and fish catches, and help protect the livelihood of lagoon-dependent communities. The story of the rehabilitation and management of Chilika Lagoon demonstrates that it is possible to halt and reverse the encroachment and degradation of wetlands, to restore biodiversity and to provide benefits for large numbers of people. Ecology, Conservation, and Restoration of Chilika Lagoon goes beyond scientific research articles to explore institutional and governance issues, political ecology, and the Ramsar Convention's guidelines for ecosystem restoration. The book will benefit researchers, wetland managers, government policy makers and more general readers concerned with restoration and conservation of wetlands around the planet.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    An overview of the restoration and management of Chilika Lagoon : successful application of the Ramsar wise use guidelines
    Ecological characterization of Chilika : defining strategies and management needs for wise use
    Ecosystem services : implications for managing Chilika
    Sedimentologic, chemical, and isotopic constraints on the Anthropogenic influence on Chilika Lake, India
    Modelling of hydrodynamics and salinity characteristics in Chilika Lagoon
    Assessment of runoff and sediment yield from selected watersheds in the Western Catchment of the Chilika Lagoon
    Long-term analysis of water quality in Chilika Lagoon and application of bio-optical models for cyclone impact assessment
    Spatio-temporal variation in physicochemical parameters of water in the Chilika lagoon
    Geomorphology, land use/land cover and sedimentary environments of the Chilika Basin
    Spatiotemporal Assessment of phytoplankton communities in the Chilika lagoon
    Fish and fisheries of Chilika : post-restoration scenario
    Avifauna of Chilika, Odisha : assessment of spatial and temporal changes
    Biodiversity of benthic fauna in Chilika lagoon
    Microbial ecology of Chilika Lagoon
    Survey, characterization, ecology, and management of macrophytes in Chilika lagoon.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gisela Heckel, Yolanda Schramm, editors.
    Summary: Pinnipeds are marine mammals that include eared seals, true seals, and walruses. This book presents detailed reviews on the ecology and conservation of 10 pinniped species along the coasts and islands in Latin America, from Mexico to Chile and Argentina. Topics covered include their population dynamics, trophic ecology, reproduction, and behavior. In addition, the book addresses major conservation issues regarding climate change, interaction with fisheries, ecotourism, and other human activities.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 - Introduction - Pinnipeds in Latin America
    Chapter 2 - South American fur seal (Arctocephalus australis, Zimmerman 1783)
    Chapter 3 - Ecology and conservation of the Galapagos fur seal (Arctocephalus galapagoensis, Heller 1904)
    Chapter 4 - Antarctic fur seal (Arctocephalus gazella, Peters 1876)
    Chapter 5 - Reviewing the current status of Juan Fernandez fur seals (Arctocephalus philippii philippii, Peters 1866)
    Chapter 6 - The Guadalupe fur seal (Arctocephalus philippii townsendi, Merriam 1897)
    Chapter 7 - South American sea lion (Otaria flavescens, Shaw 1800)
    Chapter 8 - Current status of the California sea lion (Zalophus californianus, Lesson 1828) in Mexico
    Chapter 9 - Life history strategies in the Galapagos sea lion (Zalophus wollebaeki, Silvertsen 1953): understanding the past to predict the future
    Chapter 10 - Conservation and management implications of southern elephant seals (Miroung leonina, Linnaeus 1758): demography, social organization and behavior
    Chapter 11 - Status review of the northern elephant seal (Mirounga angustirostris, Gill 1866) in Mexico: past, present and perspectives
    Chapter 12 - The Pacific harbor seal (Phoca vitulina richardii, Gray 1864) in Mexico.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sonia Gallina-Tessaro, editor.
    Summary: This book brings together the latest information on tropical ungulates in different Latin American countries. These animals are not only important from the point of view of their role in different ecosystems, but also have cultural value for people. The book also discusses topics such as habitat transformation and hunting as these species are an important source of food in many places. Addressing ungulate natural communities in diverse ecosystems and countries, the book provides information on specific aspects of each of the most representative species, and highlights topics to help readers better understand these species and develop effective management and conservation strategies. The information presented also reveals the need for more knowledge and will hopefully provide the incentive for continued studies on this important group of animals. This publication serves as a reference for academic research on ungulate ecology, behavior and dynamics, as well as the basis for conservation strategies.

    Contents:
    Section 1
    General Topics of Tropical Ungulated Species
    Chapter 1
    Introduction: Tropical Ungulates in Latin America
    Chapter 2
    Tropical Ungulates in Mexico
    Chapter 3
    Tropical Ungulates of Costa Rica
    Chapter 4
    Tropical Ungulates of Honduras
    Chapter 5
    Tropical Ungulates of Panama
    Chapter 6
    Tropical Ungulates of Colombia
    Chapter 7
    Tropical Ungulates of Venezuela
    Chapter 8
    Tropical Ungulates of Peru
    Chapter 9
    Tropical Ungulates of Brazil
    Chapter 10
    Tropical Ungulates of Argentina Chapter 11
    Tropical Ungulates of Uruguay
    Section 2
    SpecificTopics of Tropical Ungulated Species
    Chapter 12
    Mule Deer
    Chapter 13
    White-Tailed Deer
    Chapter 14
    Brocket Deer
    Chapter 15
    White Lipped Peccari
    Chapter 16
    Collared Peccari
    Chapter 17
    Tapir
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    En Tao Wang, Chang Fu Tian, Wen Feng Chen, J. Peter W. Young, Wen Xin Chen.
    Summary: This book reviews the history and development of rhizobial ecology (diversity, function and interactions with the biotic and abiotic environments), evolution (genome diversification, systematics of symbiotic genes) and application. Further, it describes the new concept of rhizobia, the latest systematic methods, biogeographic study methods, and genomic studies to identify the interactions between rhizobia, legumes and environments. To enable readers to gain a comprehensive understanding of rhizobial biogeography, the book provides effective protocols for the selection and application of high-efficiency rhizobial inoculants. In addition, it presents standard and modern methods used in studies on rhizobial ecology and evolution in dedicated appendices, making it a unique and valuable handbook for researchers.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Symbiosis between rhizobia and legumes
    Chapter 2. History of rhizobial taxonomy
    Chapter 3. Current Systematics of rhizobia
    Chapter 4. Genomics and evolution of rhizobia
    Chapter 5. Symbiosis genes: diversity and organization
    Chapter 6. Evolution of symbiosis genes: Vertical and horizontal gene transfer
    Chapter 7. Diversity of interactions between rhizobia and legumes
    Chapter 8. Geographical distribution of rhizobia
    Chapter 9. Environmental determinants of biogeography of rhizobia
    Chapter 10. Effects of host plants on biogeography of rhizobia
    Chapter 11. Rhizobial genomics and biogeography
    Chapter 12. Current status of rhizobial inoculants
    Chapter 13. Screening for effective rhizobia
    Chapter 14. Usage of rhizobial inoculants in agriculture
    Chapter 15. Rhizobial activity beyond nitrogen fixation
    Chapter 16. Working on the taxonomy, biodiversity, ecology and evolution of rhizobia
    Index
    Acknowledgments.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew M. Barton and William S. Keeton ; foreword by Thomas A. Spies.
    Summary: "An important contribution to the burgeoning literature extolling the virtues of forest complexity. As a compendium of the literature on forest heterogeneity alone, this book is an indispensable reference for scholars and practitioners of ecological forest management." Gregory H. Aplet, Senior Science Director, The Wilderness Society "Ecology and Recovery of Eastern Old-Growth Forests is extremely timely and hugely important. Old-growth forests are quickly disappearing, and global changes mandate that we find new approaches to manage them. Succinctly written by prominent American and Canadian scientists, this book is a must-read for forest professionals and enthusiastic forest lovers everywhere." Christian Messier, Professor of Forest Ecology, Université du Québec à Montréal and Université du Québec en Outaouais "Finally, a much-needed, up-to-date treatise on the state of old-growth forests in the East. All forest stakeholders should read this book." Jerry F. Franklin, Professor Emeritus, University of Washington.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Introduction: Ecological and Historical Context
    Chapter 2. Old-Growth and Mature Remnant Floodplain Forests of the Southeastern United States
    Chapter 3. Fire-Maintained Pine Savannas and Woodlands of the Southeastern United States Coastal Plain
    Chapter 4. Old-Growth Forests in the Southern Appalachians: Dynamics and Conservation Frameworks
    Chapter 5. Topography and Vegetation Patterns in an Old-Growth Appalachian Forest: Lucy Braun, You Were Right!
    Chapter 6. Old-Growth Disturbance Dynamics and Associated Ecological Silviculture for Forests in Northeastern North American
    Chapter 7. Historical Patterns and Contemporary Processes in Northern Lake States Old-Growth Landscapes
    Chapter 8. Is Management or Conservation of Old Growth Possible in North American Boreal Forests?
    Chapter 9. Forest-Stream Interactions in Eastern Old-Growth Forests
    Chapter 10. Belowground Ecology and Dynamics in Eastern Old-Growth Forests
    Chapter 11. Biological Diversity in Eastern Old Growth
    Chapter 12. Eastern Old-Growth Forests under Threat: Changing Dynamics due to Invasive Organisms
    Chapter 13. Silviculture for Eastern Old Growth in the Context of Global Change
    Chapter 14. Source or Sink? Carbon Dynamics in Eastern Old-Growth Forests and Their Role in Climate Change Mitigation
    Chapter 15. Conclusion: Past, Present, and Future of Old-Growth Forests in the East
    Glossary
    Contributors
    About the Editors
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    I.J. Gordon, Herbert H.T. Prins, editors.
    Summary: Large herbivorous mammals have a long history of adaptation to changing environmental circumstances. Many groups of mammalian herbivores started as omnivores and opportunistic browsers of fruits and other plant parts, later adapting to increasingly specialised leaf browsing, and finally to grazing as open grass-dominated environments spread following climatic cooling and drying during the Neogene. Changes in global climate led to vegetational changes in terrestrial ecosystems, which resulted in changes in the proportions of browsing and grazing species in the ungulate guilds. There is currently a range of proxy methods to assess diets and feeding ecology of large extinct herbivorous mammals, including dental microwear and mesowear analyses and stable isotope analyses. Together these methods have enabled an increasingly diverse and fine-scale understanding of the dietary variation of herbivorous mammals throughout the Cenozoic, providing a more detailed picture than traditional comparative ecomorphology approaches alone. This chapter will provide an up-to-date assessment of the analytical methods of determining the diet of extinct large herbivorous mammal taxa, and provide insights into changes in the assemblages of browsing and grazing mammals and how these relate to changes to climate and the evolution of different plant forms.

    Contents:
    The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing II / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H.T. Prins
    The Palaeontology of Browsing and Grazing / Juha Saarinen
    The Paleoecological Impact of Grazing and Browsing: Consequences of the Late Quaternary Large Herbivore Extinctions / John Rowan and J.T. Faith
    Morphological and Physiological Adaptations for Browsing and Grazing / Daryl Codron, Reinhold R. Hofmann, and Marcus Clauss
    Feeding Ecology of Large Browsing and Grazing Herbivores / Jan. A. Venter, Mike M. Vermeulen, and Christopher F. Brooke
    Population Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates in the Anthropocene / Christian Kiffner and Derek E. Lee
    Community Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Charudutt Mishra, Minib Khanyari, Herbert H.T. Prins, and Kulbhushansingh R. Suryawanshi
    Weather and Climate Impacts on Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Randall B. Boone
    Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Soil Biota and Nutrient Dynamics / Judith Sitters and Walter S. Andriuzzi
    Effects of Grazing and Browsing on Tropical Savanna Vegetation / Frank van Langevelde, Claudius A.D.M. van de Vijver, Herbert H.T. Prins, and Thomas A. Groen
    Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Plant Characteristics and Dynamics / Autumn E. Sabo
    Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Faunal Biodiversity / Krisztián Katona and Corli Coetsee
    Interactions Between Fire and Herbivory: Current Understanding and Management Implications / Izak P.J. Smit and Corli Coetsee
    Managing Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Richard W.S. Flynn, David J. Augustine, and Samuel D. Fuhlendorf
    The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing in Other Vertebrate Taxa / Iain J. Gordon, Herbert H.T. Prins, Jordan Mallon, Laura D. Puk, Everton B.P. Miranda, Carolina Starling-Manne, René van der Wal, Ben Moore, William Foley, Lucy Lush, Renan Maestri, Ikki Matsuda, and Marcus Clauss
    Browsers and Grazers Drive the Dynamics of Ecosystems / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H.T. Prins.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Charles S. Elton ; with contributions by Daniel Simberloff and Anthony Ricciardi.
    Summary: Charles S. Elton's classic text Ecology of Invasions by Animals and Plants sounded an early warning about a human-driven global change that became widely appreciated among scientists and the public only decades later. "We must make no mistake", he wrote. "We are seeing one of the great historical convulsions of the world's fauna and flora." The enormous environmental consequences of this phenomenon are now well recognized. The past 60 years have seen an exponential rise in research on biological invasions, and Elton's original hypotheses are among those at the center of this research. In this new annotated edition, ecologists Daniel Simberloff and Anthony Ricciardi have provided forewords placing each chapter into historical scientific context. They assess the influence of Elton's ideas on the development of invasion ecology. Moreover, using the author's notes from the Elton archives at the University of Oxford, Simberloff and Ricciardi offer evidence that Elton was preparing the groundwork for a revised edition and discuss what additions and changes he intended to make. With clear language and copious examples, Ecology of Invasions is the first book to place invasions in a global context and is still the most cited work on the subject. It is an essential reference for students, researchers, and the general public who wish to understand an environmental phenomenon that has grown in magnitude and scope as a global issue for conservation and biosecurity.

    Contents:
    The invaders
    Wallace's realms : the archipelago of continents
    The invasion of continents
    The fate of remote islands
    Changes in the sea
    The balance between populations
    New food-chains for old
    The reasons for conservation
    The conservation of variety.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Ann E. Hajek, David I. Shapiro-Ilan.
    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    1. General concepts in the ecology of invertebrate diseases
    2. Methods for studying the ecology of invertebrate diseases and pathogens
    Section II. The Basics of Invertebrate Pathogen Ecology
    3. The pathogen population
    4. The host population
    5. Abiotic factors
    6. The biotic environment
    Section III. Ecology of Pathogen Groups
    7. Viruses
    8. Bacteria
    9. Fungi
    10. Microsporidia
    11. Nematodes
    12. Modeling insect epizootics and their population-level consequences
    13. Leveraging the ecology of invertebrate pathogens in micrbial control
    14. Prevention and management of diseases in terrestrial invertebrates
    15. Prevention and management of infectious diseases in aquatic invertebrates
    16. Ecology of emerging infectious diseases of invertebrates
    17. Conclusions and future directions.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Edouard Jurkevitch, Robert J. Mitchell, editors.
    Summary: This work is a collection of articles that discuss microbial predation from a variety of perspectives. It provides the readers a concise resource describing factors that are critical for several different predatory microbes, including Myxobacterium spp. and Bdellovibrio­-and-like organisms (BALOs), including the mechanisms involved, ecological conditions that adversely impact it and potential applications in aquaculture and bioproduction. The first half of this collection focuses more on ecological aspects of predation, with in-depth discussions on "wolf pack" predators, the presence and activities of predators in waste-water treatment plants and the role of intraguild predatory relationships, i.e., when two different predators are competing for a single prey but also interact with one another. The reader will gain a deeper understanding of the predatory mechanisms involved and their ecological roles. In the latter half, emphasis is given more to the application and limitations of predators. In addition to discussing secondary metabolite production within different microbial predators, the readers will also learn how predators are being used to purify secondary metabolites from prey. This section also discusses the expanding and promising role of predation in aquaculture, focusing on the application of predators to reduce pathogenic populations, but includes some important caveats for young researchers to consider and follow when working with Bdellovibrio. This work is written for both experienced researchers already in the field and for young scientists who are captivated by the thought of predation at the microscale and its growing importance within a wide-array of fields.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Predatory interactions between Myxobacteria and their prey
    The ecology of Bdellovibrio and like organisms in wastewater treatment plants
    Intraguild predation: predatory networks at the microbial scale
    Antibacterial activities of Bdellovibrio and like organisms in aquaculture
    Secondary metabolism of predatory bacteria
    Environmental and biotic factors impacting the activities of Bdellovibrio bacteriovorus
    Emerging horizons for industrial applications of predatory bacteria.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Graham E. Rotheray.
    Summary: This book offers an overview of the larva of Diptera Cyclorrhapha. It first discusses the principal forms, functions and roles of larvae, and then evaluates feeding, locomotion and respiration in larval saprophages, phytophages and zoophages as keys to understanding and predicting larval morphology. It also highlights how the environment affects morphology, the adaptiveness of morphological features and compares the adaptive features. Assessing the larval attributes that have the potential to explain the success of the Cyclorrhapha, the book also suggests future research directions and provides a summary of main findings and conclusions. As such, it appeals to entomologists, evolutionary biologists and Diptera researchers in all fields.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: The Cyclorrhaphan larva
    Chapter 2: Acquiring data: targets, problems and solutions
    Chapter 3: Forms, functions and names
    Chapter 4: Mobility and locomotion
    Chapter 5: Respiration
    Chapter 6: Saprophagy, developing on decay
    Chapter 7: Phytophagy and mycophagy
    Chapter 8: Zoophagy: predation and parasitism
    Chapter 9: The Cyclorrhaphan larva as a data source.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vasilios Fragoulakis, Christina Mitropoulou, Marc S. Williams, George P. Patrinos.
    Contents:
    Economic evaluation in health care: evidence-based medicine and evidence-based health economics
    Genomic medicine today: an introduction for health economists
    Economic evaluation and genomic medicine: what can they learn from each other?
    Introduction to the technical issues of economic evaluation
    Advanced methodological aspects in the economic evaluation
    Economic evaluation in the genomic era: some examples from the field
    Special requirements for economic evaluation and health technology assessment in genomic medicine
    A new methodological approach for cost-effectiveness analysis in genomic medicine
    Conclusions and future perspectives.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Sonia Quiroga, editor.
    Summary: This book compiles examples of the most widely used tools in agricultural economics that have been developed and used to analyze the impact of global change in agricultural activity. The research papers on this topic are plenty but lack the methodology. The content of this book can be used by research students exploring additional methods in agricultural economics.

    Contents:
    Part I: Microeconomic modelling: Risk management, adaptation measures and stakeholders' perception
    Ch.1. Crop Production functions and efficiency models: Climate change and water adaptation policy over competitiveness and social disparities of crop production in the Mediterranean
    Ch.2. Using ecological modelling tools to inform policy makers of potential changes in crop distribution: an example with cacao crops in Latin America
    Ch.3. The effects of climate change on poverty and income distribution: A case study for rural Mexico
    Ch.4. The value of meteorological information in agrarian producers' decision making: introducing analytic decision models
    Ch.5. Participatory process: Approaches for assessing farmer behavior towards adopting climate change adaptation strategies in Sub-Saharan Africa
    Part II: Macroeconomic and Complexity Modelling: Global challenges and multi-agent interactions in Mitigation and Adaptation Policy analysis
    Ch.6. CGE models in environmental policy analysis: A review and Spanish case study
    Ch.7. General equilibrium models: A computable general equilibrium model to analyze the effects of an extended drought on economic sectors in México
    Ch.8. Costs and benefits of Adaptation: "Economic appraisal of adaptation options for the agriculture sector
    Ch.9. The impacts of climate change on crop yields in Tanzania: comparing an empirical and a process-based model
    Ch.10. Development of a prioritization tool for climate change adaptation measures in the forestry sector
    A Nicaraguan case study.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Tahereh Alavi Hojjat.
    Summary: Much has been written about the economic causes of obesity, but this book offers a comprehensive and deep investigation of the causes and treatment of these issues in a single volume. In the second edition, the author expands upon the serious threat that obesity poses not only to our health, but also to our society. Obesity costs billions of dollars a year in lost productivity and medical expenses. The social distribution of obesity has changed over time. Obesity rates in the United States continue to worsen in parallel with income inequality. Socioeconomic groups with low personal capital, levels of education, and income have higher obesity rates. In fact, the rate of obesity has increased the fastest among low-income Americans. The disproportionate burden of obesity on the poor poses an economic challenge and an ethical imperative. The link between obesity, inactivity, and poverty may be too costly to ignore because obesity-associated chronic disease already accounts for 70% of US healthcare costs. Although economic and technological changes in the environment drove the obesity epidemic, the evidence for effective economic policies to prevent obesity remains limited. The new edition brings together a multitude of topics on obesity previously not discussed with a particular emphasis on the influence of poverty and income inequality on obesity including: Economic Analysis: Behavioral Patterns, Diet Choice, and the Role of Government Income and Wealth Inequality and Obesity Social Mobility and Health Food Policies, Government Interventions, and Reducing Poverty The Economics of Obesity is an essential text for readers interested in learning about the causes and consequences of obesity within a social context including students, academicians, and practitioners in public health, medicine, social sciences, and health economics, both in and outside of the United States. US and international policy-makers also will find the book a salient read in addressing the issues that contribute to the cycle of poverty, income inequality, and obesity.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction: The Magnitude of the Obesity Problem
    Chapter 2: Different Perspectives on Causes of Obesity
    Chapter 3: Consequences of Obesity
    Chapter 4: Economic Analysis: Behavioral Patterns, Diet Choice, and the Role of Government
    Chapter 5: Socioeconomic Factors: Poverty and Obesity
    Chapter 6: Income and Wealth Inequality and Obesity
    Chapter 7: Data and Methodology: Empirical Investigation of the Relationship Among Obesity, Income Inequality, and Poverty
    Chapter 8:Obesity and Socioeconomic Status: Case Study of Peruvian Women
    Chapter 9: Social Mobility and Health
    Chapter 10: Food Policies, Government Interventions, and Reducing Poverty
    Chapter 11: Concluding Comments.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mirza Hasanuzzaman, Kamrun Nahar, Münir Öztürk, editors.
    Summary: Halophytes are those plant species that can tolerate high salt concentrations. There are diversified species of halophytes suited for growth in various saline regions around the world, e.g. coastal saline soil, soils of mangrove forests, wetlands, marshlands, lands of arid and semiarid regions, and agricultural fields. These plants can be grown in soil and water containing high salt concentrations and unsuitable for conventional crops, and can be good sources of food, fuel, fodder, fiber, essential oils, and medicine. Moreover, halophytes can be exploited as significant and major plant species for the desalination and restoration of saline soils, as well as phytoremediation. This book highlights recent advances in exploring the unique features of halophytes and their potential uses in our changing environment.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Halophytes Responses and Tolerance to Abiotic Stresses.- Chapter 2. Behavior of Halophytes and their tolerance mechanism under different abiotic stresses.- Chapter 3. An Overview of the Germination Behaviour of Halophytes and Their Role in Food Security.- Chapter 4. Reactive Oxygen Species Production and Scavenging During Seed Germination of Halophytes.- Chapter 5. Halophyte Growth and Physiology under Metal Toxicity.- Chapter 6. Oxidative stress and antioxidant defense under metal toxicity in halophytes.- Chapter 7. Molecular mechanisms of osmotic stress recovery in extremophile plants: What can we learn from proteomics?.- Chapter 8. Halophytic Microbiome in Ameliorating the Stress.- Chapter 9. Economic utilization and potential of halophytes.- Chapter 10. Halophytes: prospective plants for future.- Chapter 11. Sustainable Use of Halophytic Taxa As Food and Fodder
    An Important Genetic Resource in Southwest Asia.- Chapter 12. How Could Halophytes Provide a Sustainable Alternative to Achieve Food Security in Marginal Lands?.- Chapter 13. Halophytes
    The Plants of Therapeutic Medicine.- Chapter 14. Halophyte species as a source of secondary metabolites with antioxidant activity.- Chapter 15. Phytoamelioration of the salt-affected soils through halophytes.- Chapter 16. Multidisciplinary studies on a pilot coastal desert modular farm growing Salicornia bigelovii in United Arab Emirates.- Chapter 17. Financial analysis of halophytes cultivation in a desert environment using different saline water resources for irrigation.- Chapter 18. Rhizophora Biomass of Mangrove Swamp Forests and its Utilization in Energy and Industrial Production: The Case of Malaysia.- Chapter 19. Halophytic Plant Diversity of Duzdag Mountain in Nakhchivan Autonomous Republic
    Azerbaijan.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Haakon Hop, Christian Wiencke, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses in detail on all ecologically important aspects of the Kongsfjorden system such as the marine and atmospheric environment including long-term monitoring, Ecophysiology of individual species, structure and function of the ecosystem, ecological processes and biological communities. The contributed articles include review articles and research articles that have a wider approach and bring the current research up-to-date. This book will form a baseline for future work.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    D.K. Pal.
    Summary: This book highlights ecosystem services of Indian tropical soils driven by soil properties. Soils are complex and important biomaterials and have an outstanding role in providing ecosystem services to mankind. The tropical soils have been traditionally and generally considered as either agriculturally poor or virtually useless by many. This book will discuss the difficulties encountered in managing Indian tropical soils in order to sustain their productivity. Some unique soil properties are yet to be linked explicitly to soil ecosystem services and soil care needs to be a constant research endeavour in the Indian tropical environment. This book highlights the new and unique soil knowledge base necessary to close the gap between food production and future population growth.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Author;
    Chapter 1: Soil Properties and Ecosystem Services: Overview and Introduction; References;
    Chapter 2: Agro-ecological Regions for Better Crop Planning and Ecosystem Services; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Refinement of Agro-ecological Zones Based on Soil Properties; 2.3 Usefulness and Revision Needs of AESR; 2.3.1 Example 1 from SAT Non-zeolitic Vertisols; 2.3.2 Example 2 from SAT Zeolitic Vertisols; 2.3.3 Example 3 from BSR and IGP Areas on Wheat Productivity; 2.4 Generation of New Data for AESR Revision 2.5 Computation of Length of Growing Period (LGP) Based on sHC2.5.1 Estimation of sHC; 2.5.1.1 sHC of the IGP soils; 2.5.1.2 sHC of the BSR soils; 2.6 Modification of AESR Boundaries; 2.6.1 The Indo-Gangetic Plains; 2.6.2 Black Soils Region; 2.7 Usefulness of Modified AESRs in BSR Observed in Better Compatibility Between Revised LGP and Cotton Yield: A Case Study; References;
    Chapter 3: Organic Carbon Sequestration and Ecosystem Service of Indian Tropical Soils; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Other Factors of SOC Sequestration; 3.3 '4 per mille' Concept and Enhancement of SOC Sequestration 3.4 Possible Ways to Enhance the SOC SequestrationReferences;
    Chapter 4: Is Soil Inorganic Carbon (CaCO3, SIC) Sequestration a Bane or a Hidden Treasure in Soil Ecosystem Services?; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Formation of CaCO3 in SAT Soils: A Regressive Pedogenesis; 4.3 SIC (CaCO3) as Soil Modifier: Its Soil Ecosystem Services; 4.4 SIC's Ecosystem Services and Sustainability of SAT Soils; References;
    Chapter 5: Soil Modifiers (Ca-Zeolite and Gypsum) as Ecosystem Engineers in Soils of Humid and Semi-arid Tropical Climates; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Ca-Zeolites as Prolonged Ecosystem Engineer in Inceptisols, Alfisols and Mollisols of the Humid Tropical WG and KR Areas5.3 Ca-Zeolites as Transitory Ecosystem Engineer in Soils of SAT Marathwada Region of Central Peninsular India; 5.4 Gypsum: A Better Ecosystem Engineer than Ca-Zeolites in Vertisols of SAT Environment; 5.5 Zeolites Sustain Rice Cultivation in SAT Vertisols; 5.6 Ca-Zeolites in Adsorption and Desorption of Major Nutrients in SAT Vertisols; 5.6.1 Organic Carbon; 5.6.2 Nitrogen; 5.6.3 Phosphorus; 5.6.4 Potassium; References
    Chapter 6: Degradation in Indian Tropical Soils: A Commentary6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Physical Degradation Due to Water Erosion in Indian HT and SAT Soils; 6.2.1 HT Soils; 6.2.2 SAT Soils; 6.3 Chemical Degradation in Indian HT and SAT Soils; 6.3.1 HT Soils; 6.3.2 SAT Soils; References;
    Chapter 7: Summary and Concluding Remarks; 7.1 Agro-ecological Regions as a Tool for Ecosystem Services; 7.2 Organic Carbon Sequestration and Ecosystem Service; 7.3 Soil Inorganic Carbon Sequestration in Soil Ecosystem Services; 7.4 Soil Modifiers as Ecosystem Engineers; 7.5 Degradation in Indian Tropical Soils
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Ajith H. Perera, Urmas Peterson, Guillermo Martínez Pastur, Louis R. Iverson.
    Summary: Over the last two decades, the topic of forest ecosystem services has attracted the attention of researchers, land managers, and policy makers around the globe. The services rendered by forest ecosystems range from intrinsic to anthropocentric benefits that are typically grouped as provisioning, regulating, supporting, and cultural. The research efforts, assessments, and attempts to manage forest ecosystems for their sustained services are now widely published in scientific literature. This volume focuses on broad-scale aspects of forest ecosystem services, beyond individual stands to large landscapes. In doing so, it illustrates the conceptual and practical opportunities as well as challenges involved with planning for forest ecosystem services across landscapes, regions, and nations. The goal here is to broaden the scope of land use planning through the adoption of a landscape-scale approach. Even though this approach is complex and involves multiple ecological, social, cultural, economic, and political dimensions, the landscape perspective appears to offer the best opportunity for a sustained provision of forest ecosystem services.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Ecosystem services from forest landscapes: An overview.- Effects of climate change on CH4 and N2O fluxes from temperate and boreal forest soils.- What are plant-released biogenic volatiles and how they participate in landscape- to global-level processes?.- Towards functional green infrastructure in the Baltic Sea Region: knowledge production and learning across borders.- Sustainable Planning for peri-urban landscapes.- Barriers and bridges for landscape stewardship and knowledge production to sustain functional green infrastructures.- Solving conflicts among conservation, economic and social objectives in boreal production forest landscapes; Fennoscandian perspectives.- Natural disturbances and forest management: interacting patterns on the landscape.- Ecosystem services from forest landscapes: Where we are and where we go
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pablo L. Peri, Guillermo Martínez Pastur, Laura Nahuelhual, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by I Nicol Ferrier, Jonathan Waite.
    Summary: The fourth edition of this popular Handbook provides the latest guidance on prescribing and administering electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). Leading researchers and practitioners review new research on ECT and related treatments, including their efficacy in children and adolescents, and in those with bipolar disorder and neurological conditions. With a focus on safe provision and minimisation of side effects, it provides the reader with practical, evidence-based advice. The book has been substantially revised: references have been updated throughout; related treatment modalities such as rTMS, tCDS and ketamine are covered in greater depth; and current administrative and legal framework guidelines are clearly outlined. An essential reference manual for consultant and trainee clinical psychiatrists, as well as ECT practitioners. This guide will benefit clinical teams looking after complex cases of depression, as well as those involved in the care of other people for whom ECT may be recommended.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Togas Tulandi, editor.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases covering ectopic pregnancy, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians in reproductive medicine and obstetrics/gynecology with the best real-world strategies to properly diagnose and treat the various forms of the condition they may encounter. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Cases included illustrate different management strategies ? from treatment with methotrexate to surgical interventions ? as well as types of ectopic pregnancy, such as ovarian, interstitial, heterotopic and abdominal forms, among others. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Ectopic Pregnancy: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for reproductive medicine specialists, obstetricians and gynecologists, and family and emergency medicine physicians alike.

    Contents:
    Identification of Risk Factors of Ectopic Pregnancy
    Discriminatory Serum hCG level for Ectopic Pregnancy
    Pregnancy of Unknown Location
    Ectopic Pregnancy After In-Vitro Fertilization
    Surgical Treatment of Ectopic Pregnancy
    Bleeding Ectopic Pregnancy
    Medical Treatment of Ectopic Pregnancy
    Compliance with Methotrexate Treatment for Ectopic Pregnancy
    Inadvertent Methotrexate Administration
    Effect of Methotrexate Treatment for Ectopic Pregnancy on Current and Subsequent Pregnancy
    Interstitial Pregnancy
    Cervical Pregnancy
    Ovarian Ectopic Pregnancy
    Cesarean Scar Pregnancy
    Abdominal Pregnancy
    Intramural Pregnancy
    Heterotopic Pregnancy
    Retroperitoneal Ectopic Pregnancy
    Ectopic Molar Pregnancy
    Rudimentary Uterine Horn Pregnancy
    Fertility after Tubal Ectopic Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ottavio Alfieri, Michele De Bonis, Giovanni La Canna, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giovanni Sogari, Cristina Mora, Davide Menozzi, editors.
    Summary: This book explores one of the most discussed and investigated novel foods in recent years: edible insects. The increasing demand for alternative protein sources worldwide had led the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) to promote the potential of using insects both for feed and food, establishing a program called "Edible Insects." Although several social, environmental, and nutritional benefits of the use of insects in the human diet have been identified, the majority of the population in Western countries rejects the idea of adopting insects as food, predominantly for cultural reasons. Nevertheless, international interest in promoting the consumption of insects has grown significantly, mainly in North America and Europe. This trend is mostly due to increasing attention and involvement from the scientific network and the food and feed industries, as well as governments and their constituents. The book explores the current state of entomophagy and identifies knowledge gaps to inform primary research institutions, students, members of the private sector, and policymakers to better plan, develop, and implement future research studies on edible insects as a sustainable source of food. The case studies and issues presented in this book cover highly up-to-date topics such as aspects of safety and allergies for human consumption, final meat quality of animals fed with insects, the legislative framework for the commercialization of this novel food, and other relevant issues.

    Contents:
    Insects as food: risk assessment and their future perspective in Europe
    Insects as food in the Global North
    the evolution of the entomophagy movement
    How to measure consumers acceptance towards edible insects?
    A scoping review about methodological approaches
    Bugs on the menu
    Drivers and barriers of consumer acceptance of insects as food
    Sensory and consumer perspectives on edible insects
    Quality and consumer perspectives on edible insects
    Quality and consumer acceptance of products from insect-fed animals
    Potential allergenic risk of entomophagy.-Insects as food: the legal Frameword.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    T.K. Lim.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Fruits
    v. 2. Fruits
    v. 3. Fruits
    v. 4. Fruits
    v. 5. Fruits
    v. 6. Fruits
    v. 7. Flowers
    v. 8. Flowers
    Digital Access
  • Digital
    Judith Babar, Oğuz Dicle, Hildo J. Lamb, Laura Oleaga, Fermín Sáez.
    Summary: This EDiR guide has a practical rather than a theoretical focus, and is intended as a reference tool for potential EDiR candidates who would like to gain a better understanding of the EDiR examination. A pool of experts has made every possible effort to create a single source that contains everything needed to successfully pass the EDiR examination. Times have changed, and there is certainly a new generation of radiologists who will find this cutting-edge tool a "must-have" to familiarize themselves with the examination quickly and easily. The book is divided into the following main sections: one chapter for each subspecialty; one chapter on Safety, Management and Imaging Procedures; another on Principles of Imaging Techniques and Processing; and lastly, one on Management. This structure follows the same pattern as the EDiR examination, which is based on the European Training Curriculum (ETC) for Radiology released by the European Society of Radiology (ESR). Each subspecialty is covered using the same basic structure: Multiple Response Questions (MRQs), Short Cases (SCs) and CORE Cases from one of the most recent EDiR examinations. Students will thus be able to see all the questions from a recent examination and learn from the answers and comments provided by our pool of experts. Clinical cases as electronic supplementary material complete the book, and links to EDiR preparation sessions are also included, allowing students to improve their knowledge of specific areas.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Adrian Thomas, Francis Duck.
    Summary: This book explores the lives and achievements of two Irish sisters, Edith and Florence Stoney, who pioneered the use of new electromedical technologies, especially X-rays but also ultraviolet radiation and diathermy. In addition, however, the narrative follows several intertwined themes as experienced by the sisters during their lifetimes. Their upbringing, influenced by their liberal-minded scientist father, set the tone for both their lives. Irish independence fractured their family heritage. Their professional experiences, fulfilling for Florence as a qualified doctor but often frustrating for Edith as a Cambridge-educated scientist, mirrored those of other aspiring women during this period, when the suffragist movement expanded and womens lobby groups were formed. World War I created an environment in which their unusual specialist knowledge was widely needed, and the sisters war experiences are carefully examined in the book. But ultimately this is the extraordinary story of two independent but closely bonded sisters and their abiding love and support for one another.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Dublin
    Chapter 2: Oakley Park
    Chapter 3: Newnham College, Cambridge
    Chapter 4: Cheltenham
    Chapter 5: London School of Medicine for Women
    Chapter 6: Florence and X-rays
    Chapter 7: Teaching Physics
    Chapter 8: Challenge and Loss
    Chapter 9: Action and Reaction
    Chapter 10: Florences War
    Chapter 11: Chateau de Chanteloup
    Chapter 12: Serbia and Salonika
    Chapter 13: Mobile Radiography
    Chapter 14: Villers-Cotterêts
    Chapter 15: Royaumont Abbey
    Chapter 16: Return to Civilian Life
    Chapter 17: Family, Retirement and Travel
    Chapter 18: Legacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    door Lauren Ann Maggio, geboren op 11 november 1979 te Lynn, Massachusetts, Verenigde Staten.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Characterizing physicians' information needs at the point of care
    3. Access of primary and secondary literature by health personnel in an academic health center : implications for open access
    4. Evidence-based medicine training in undergraduate medical education : a review and critique of the literature published 2006-2011
    5. Challenges to learning evidence-based medicine and education approaches to meet them : a qualitative study of selected EBM curricula in North American medical schools
    6. Designing evidence-based medicine training to optimize transfer of skills from the classroom to clinical practice : apply the Four Component Instructional Design Model
    7. Discussion.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R834 .M344 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Edwin A. Bowe, Randall M. Schell, Amy N. DiLorenzo.
    Summary: Do you want to improve your teaching skills in graduate medical education? This book provides suggestions and practical examples for teaching in the Pre-Anesthesia Clinic, the Operating Room, the Pain Clinic, and the ICU. Designed to help the reader become a more efficient and effective teacher, it also provides best practice suggestions for teaching airway management, regional anesthesia, transesophageal echocardiography, and newer technologic advancements such as point-of-care ultrasound. Based on research in education, this book provides information for all medical educators, including creating the optimal learning environment, teaching clinical reasoning, using multimedia and simulation, making the classroom interactive, and the significance of test-enhanced learning, while presenting specific examples of each. Chapters include teaching professionalism, preparing residents to be teachers, teaching quality and safety, providing feedback, and teaching residents how to read the literature. This volume emphasizes providing practical suggestions from recognized leaders in each of the areas discussed.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Print
    Cathy Rogers and Michael S. C. Thomas.
    Summary: "Educational Neuroscience: The Basics is an engaging introduction to this emerging, interdisciplinary field. It explains how the brain works and its priorities for learning, and shows how educational neuroscience, when combined with existing knowledge of human and social psychology, and with teacher expertise, can improve outcomes for students. Cathy Rogers and Michael S. C. Thomas reveal how neuroscientific evidence is forcing us to question our assumptions about how our brains learn and what this means for education. The chapters in this vital volume step through the brain's priorities: processing senses and moving our bodies, emotional processing, and the difficult job of dealing with other people. It unpacks the tricky tasks of thinking and learning, considering how memory works and the many systems involved in learning. It draws this all together to offer guidance for effective classroom practice, current and future. Chapter features include key issues for special educational needs and neurodiversity, case studies of novel interventions, debunking of common neuromyths, and guidance for teachers on how to evaluate their own practice. Educational Neuroscience: The Basics is a compact, lively introductory text for students of psychology, neuroscience and education and courses where these disciplines interconnect. It will also be essential reading for educational professionals, including teachers, heads, educational advisors and the many industry bodies who govern and train them, as well as anyone interested in the fascinating story of how we learn"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Why do we need educational neuroscience?
    I wanna walk like you ...
    I feel therefore I am
    No one is an island
    Thinking is hard
    Learning is even harder
    Fly me to the moon
    Covering the syllabus
    The whole system perspective.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    Susan Bridges, Lap Ki Chan, Cindy E. Hmelo-Silver, editors.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    How can e-learning support PBL groups? A systematic literature review
    How do students use their mobile devices in PBL?
    Are Wikipedia articles and YouTube videos reliable resources in problem-based learning curricula
    Peeking behind the curtain of PBL learning processes: An ethnographic study among medical students
    Video as context and conduit for problem-based learning
    PBL facilitation with interactive whiteboards: An interactional ethnography
    E-learning for e-health: Improving concepts to improve curriculum
    The deteriorating patient Smartphone app: Serious game design
    Mobile just-in-time situated learning resources for surgical clerkships
    Utilising mobile electronic health records in clinical education
    EEG and dental simulators indicate skill-learning pathways
    Impact of haptic simulation on dental student performance
    Opportunities of a virtual reality training environment in dental education
    Measuring emotions in medicine: Methodological and technological advances within authentic medical learning environments.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Christoph Mulert, Louis Lemieux, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the most up-to-date and comprehensive source of information on all aspects of EEG-fMRI, a neuroimaging technique for synchronous acquisition of electroencephalography (EEG) and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) data. The reader will find in-depth information on the physiological principles of the EEG and fMRI signals, practical aspects of data measurement, artifact reduction, data analysis, and applications. All the main areas of the techniques application are the subject of one or multiple chapters: sleep research, cognitive neuroscience, and clinical neurology and psychiatry. In addition to providing a thorough update, this second edition offers five entirely new chapters covering important areas of research that have emerged during the past 5 years, including noninvasive brain stimulation during fMRI, resting-state functional connectivity, real-time fMRI, and neurofeedback. Written by the most prestigious experts in the field, the text is enhanced by numerous high-quality illustrations. This book will be valuable for neuroradiologists, neuroscientists, physicists, engineers, electrophysiologists, (neuro) medical scientists, neurologists, and neurophysiologists. Chapter 30 is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    PartI Background: Principles of Multimodal Functional Imaging and Data Integration
    EEG: Origin and Measurement
    The Basics of Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Locally Measured Neuronal Correlates of Functional MRI Signals
    What Can fMRI Add to the ERP Story?
    The Added Value of EEGfMRI in Imaging Neuroscience
    Part II Technical and Methodological Aspects of Combined EEGfMRI Experiments: EEG Instrumentation and Safety
    EEG Quality: Origin and Reduction of the EEG Cardiac-Related Artefact
    EEG Quality: The Image Acquisition Artefact
    Image Quality Issues
    Specific Issues Related to EEGfMRI at B0 7 T and above
    Experimental Design and Data Analysis Strategies
    Real-time fMRI with EEG
    Brain stimulation with multimodal acquisitions
    Part III Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Brain Rhythms
    Sleep
    Part IV Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Clinical Applications : EEGfMRI in Adults with Focal Epilepsy
    EEGfMRI in Idiopathic Generalised Epilepsy (Adults)
    EEGfMRI in Children with Epilepsy
    EEGfMRI in Psychiatric Disorders
    Part V Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Activation Studies: Combining EEG and fMRI in Pain Research
    Simultaneous EEG and fMRI of the Human
    Part VI Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Auditory System: Visual System
    Cognition
    Part VI Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Special Topics: Neuronal Models for EEGfMRI Integration
    BOLD Response and EEG Gamma Oscillations
    EEGfMRI in Animal Models
    EEGfMRI Information Fusion: Biophysics and Data Analysis
    EEG-fMRI and brain connectivity (data fusion and modelling)
    EEGfMRI Information Fusion: Empirical approaches
    Outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Li Hu, Zhiguo Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the conceptual and mathematical basis and the implementation of both electroencephalogram (EEG) and EEG signal processing in a comprehensive, simple, and easy-to-understand manner. EEG records the electrical activity generated by the firing of neurons within human brain at the scalp. They are widely used in clinical neuroscience, psychology, and neural engineering, and a series of EEG signal-processing techniques have been developed. Intended for cognitive neuroscientists, psychologists and other interested readers, the book discusses a range of current mainstream EEG signal-processing and feature-extraction techniques in depth, and includes chapters on the principles and implementation strategies.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Historical Background; 1.2 Why to Write This Book?; 1.3 Who Wrote It and Who to Use?; 1.4 The Organization of the Book; References;
    Chapter 2: EEG: Neural Basis and Measurement; 2.1 Neural Basis of EEG; 2.1.1 Volume Conduction and Source Estimation; 2.1.2 EEG, ECoG, and LFP; 2.2 EEG Measurement; 2.2.1 Recording Electrodes; 2.2.1.1 Electrode Type; 2.2.1.2 Electrode Number; 2.2.1.3 Electrode Placement; 2.2.1.4 Impedances; 2.2.1.5 Reference Electrode; 2.2.2 Amplifiers and Converters; 2.2.3 Artefacts; 2.2.4 Suggestions on EEG Measurement 2.2.4.1 Recording Environment2.2.4.2 Parameters of EEG Recording System; 2.2.4.3 Subjects; References;
    Chapter 3: Electroencephalography, Evoked Potentials, and Event-Related Potentials; 3.1 Spontaneous EEG Activity; 3.2 Evoked Potentials and Event-Related Responses; 3.3 An Overview of EPs and ERPs; 3.4 Common EP and ERP Components; 3.4.1 Auditory Evoked Potentials; 3.4.2 Visual Evoked Potentials; 3.4.3 Laser Evoked Potentials; 3.4.4 Somatosensory Evoked Potentials; 3.4.5 Steady-State Evoked Potentials; 3.5 Pitfalls and Promise in EP and ERP Studies; References 4.4.4 Oddball Paradigm4.4.5 Sentence Comprehension Paradigm; References;
    Chapter 5: EEG Preprocessing and Denoising; 5.1 Artifacts in EEG; 5.1.1 Physiological Artifacts; 5.1.2 Non-physiological Artifacts; 5.2 Montage; 5.3 Filtering; 5.4 Re-referencing; 5.5 Extracting Data Epochs and Removing Baseline Values; 5.6 Removal and Interpolation of Bad Channels; 5.7 Removal of Bad Epochs; 5.8 Removal of EEG Artifacts Using ICA; 5.9 Summary; References;
    Chapter 6: Spectral and Time-Frequency Analysis; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Spectral Estimation; 6.2.1 Basic Concepts; 6.2.2 Periodogram 6.2.3 The Welchś Method6.2.4 The Multitaper Method; 6.2.5 Autoregressive Method; 6.2.6 Comparison of Spectral Estimation Methods; 6.2.7 Extraction of Spectral Features; 6.3 Time-Frequency Analysis; 6.3.1 Basic Concepts; 6.3.2 Short-Time Fourier Transform (STFT); 6.3.3 Continuous Wavelet Transform (CWT); 6.3.4 Other Commonly Used TFA Methods; 6.3.4.1 Time-Varying AR Model; 6.3.4.2 Time-Frequency Decomposition Methods; 6.3.4.3 Latest Developments; 6.4 Event-Related Synchronization/Desynchronization (ERS/ERD); 6.4.1 Estimation of ERS/ERD; 6.4.2 Baseline Correction and Illustration of ERS/ERD
    Chapter 4: ERP Experimental Design4.1 Experimental Design and Cognitive Processes; 4.1.1 Stimulus Properties; 4.1.2 Condition Comparison; 4.1.3 Behavioral Measure; 4.2 Requirements of the ERP Method; 4.2.1 Trial Number; 4.2.2 Stimulus Probability; 4.2.3 Time-Locking; 4.2.4 Time Interval; 4.2.5 Eye and Body Movement Control; 4.3 Confounding Factors; 4.4 Classic Experimental Designs and Corresponding ERP Indexes; 4.4.1 Cue-Target Paradigm; 4.4.2 Face Presentation Paradigm; 4.4.2.1 Stimulus Response Compatibility (SRC) Paradigms; 4.4.2.2 Stop Signal Paradigm; 4.4.3 Gambling Paradigm
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shahin Roohinejad, Mohamed Koubaa, Ralf Greiner, Kumar Mallikarjunan, editors.
    Summary: This text comprehensively covers novel, innovative technologies used in the food and beverage industries in order to provide safe and healthy foods for consumers. The research provided in these chapters aims to show that the traditional pasteurization and commercial sterilization of foods result in unacceptable quality and nutrient retention, creating an important need for alternative methods used to minimize undesirable reactions such as thermal decomposition or degradation. Emerging processing methods to minimize heat induced alterations in foods and their applications are covered in-depth, demonstrating that these methods are useful not only for the inactivation of microorganisms and enzymes but also for improving the yield and development of ingredients and marketable foods with higher quality and better nutritional characteristics. Effect of Emerging Processing Methods on the Food Quality: Advantages and Challenges not only covers the advantages of using innovative processing methods, but also the disadvantages and challenges of using these techniques on food quality. Each chapter focuses on a different emerging processing technique, breaking down the sensory, textural and nutritional aspects for different food products in addition to the advantages and challenges for each method. New technologies and advanced theories are a major focus, pointing to innovative new paths for the quality and safety assurance in food products. From pulsed electric fields to ultrasounds, this work covers all aspects of emerging processing techniques for fruits and vegetables, foods and dairy products.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Impact of Ohmic Processing on Food Quality and Composition; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Nutritional Properties; 1.2.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 1.2.2 Meat Products; 1.2.3 Dairy Products; 1.3 Textural Properties; 1.3.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 1.3.2 Meat Products; 1.3.3 Dairy Products; 1.4 Sensorial Properties; 1.4.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 1.4.2 Meat Products; 1.4.3 Dairy Products; 1.5 Advantageous and Challenges of Using Ohmic Processing on Food Quality; 1.6 Conclusions; References 2.3.2 Plant-Based Foods2.4 Sensorial Attributes and Consumer Acceptance; 2.5 Conclusions and Outlook; References;
    Chapter 3: Impact of Ultrasound on Food Constituents; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Advantageous and Challenges of Using Ultrasound on Food Quality; 3.2.1 Nutritional Properties; 3.2.1.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 3.2.1.2 Meat Products; 3.2.1.3 Dairy Products; 3.2.2 Textural Properties; 3.2.2.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 3.2.2.2 Meat Products; 3.2.2.3 Dairy Products; 3.2.3 Sensorial Properties; 3.2.3.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 3.2.3.2 Meat Products; 3.2.3.3 Dairy Products; 3.3 Conclusions
    Chapter 2: Effects of Pulsed Electric Fields on Food Constituents, Microstructure and Sensorial Attributes of Food Products2.1 Introduction; 2.2 On Food Constituents; 2.2.1 Proteins; 2.2.1.1 Milk Proteins; 2.2.1.2 Egg Proteins; 2.2.1.3 Meat and Fish Proteins; 2.2.1.4 Plant-Based Proteins; 2.2.2 Lipids and Oils; 2.2.2.1 Milk Fat; 2.2.2.2 Egg and Meat Lipids; 2.2.2.3 Plant-Based Oils; 2.2.3 Carbohydrates; 2.2.4 Bioactive Compounds; 2.2.4.1 Milk Components; 2.2.4.2 Plant Compounds; 2.2.5 Flavor Compounds; 2.2.5.1 Milk; 2.2.5.2 Plant-Based Foods; 2.3 Food Microstructure; 2.3.1 Animal-Based Foods Cheese4.2.3 Sensorial Properties; 4.2.3.1 Fruits and Vegetables; Fruits; Vegetables; 4.2.3.2 Meat Products; Fish and Fish-Based Products; Meat and Meat-Based Products; 4.2.3.3 Dairy Products; Milk; Fresh Cheese; Cheese; 4.3 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Impact of Pulsed Light on Food Constituents; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Influences of Pulsed Light on Foods' Qualities; 5.2.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 5.2.2 Meat Products; 5.2.3 Dairy Products; 5.3 Challenges; 5.3.1 Challenges as a Surface Treatment Technology; 5.3.2 Effect on the Photochemical and Photothermal Compounds
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Fábio Silveira, Arlene Terezinha Cagol Garcia Badoch.
    Summary: This book shows how a successful public health policy designed to foster the culture of brain death diagnosis and improve the interaction between Organ Procurement Organizations and Intra-Hospital Organ and Tissue Donation Committees for Transplants led the Brazilian state of Paraná to reach one of the highest rates of effective organ donors per million population in the world. Brazil has the largest public transplant system in the world, and each of the country’s 26 states is responsible for organizing its own transplant system. The state of Paraná, with 11 million inhabitants, has stood out in this regard in the last decade. It reached 47.7 effective donors per million population (pmp), performing better than countries such as the United States (33.3/pmp), Canada (21.9/pmp), Portugal (33.6/pmp) and Croatia (41.2/pmp). The remodeling of Paraná’s transplant system, between 2011 and 2020, was based on the recognized Spanish model, but has some unique characteristics. This book seeks to describe all the steps of this remodeling, describing its characteristics and explaining how the new system was built. By presenting an in-depth analysis of a local successful case, Effective Public Health Policy in Organ Donation: Lessons from a Universal Public Health System in Brazil seeks to provide useful information to policy makers, health professionals and students from different fields within the health sciences interested in understanding how public health policies can improve organ donation rates, especially in developing countries. Describes the highly efficient organ procurement system developed in the state of Paraná, Brazil Brazil Presents a model that can be reproduced in countries with lesser socio-economic development Explains the construction and development of Paraná’s organ procurement system, allowing replication.

    Contents:
    1.The Parana´s Model of Organ Donation and Transplant
    2.Pathway to convert a potential in an actual organ donor
    3.Strengthening the donation process
    4.Access, outcome and monitoring of transplants
    5.Interference of the human factor in the efficiency of the Parana´s Transplant System.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [editors] Steven Chang, Allen Ho.
    Summary: "This book provides a thorough understanding of the history, classification and multiple options of treatment for trigeminal neuralgia. It addresses the entire pathology of trigeminal neuralgia and minimally to maximally invasive approaches to treating this phenomenon"--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Glycerol rhizotomy as a treatment modality for trigeminal neuralgia / Alexander Dru, Hasan Zaidi, Andrew Shetter
    Endoscopic-assisted microvascular decompression / M. Yashar Kalani, Michael Levitt, Celene Mulholland, Charles Teo, Peter Nakaji
    V2 rhizotomy / Lucas Campos, Nicholas Telischak, Huy Do, Xiang Qian
    History of trigeminal neuralgia : a discussion of how the understanding of pathophysiology guided treatment / Alice Hung, Michael Lim
    Medical management of trigeminal neuralgia / Niushen Zhang.
  • Digital
    Mustafa Karahan, Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Pietro Randelli, Gabriëlle J.M. Tuijthof, editors.
    Summary: This book explains how training in arthroscopic skills is best carried out in order to keep up to date with advances in arthroscopy, meet the ever-increasing demand for high-quality care, and respond to changes in available training time. State of the art developments regarding tools, performance monitoring, and learning strategies are presented, and practical guidelines provided for direct implementation in daily clinical practice. The coverage of simulation-based training ranges from the use of wet labs and box trainers through to sophisticated virtual reality simulators. Subsequent sections on objective performance tracking of training outside and in the operating room cover a variety of key aspects, including psychomotor learning, the adequacy of performance measures, evidence-based thresholds, preclinical training strategies, the role of global rating scales, and video tools. As a result of the success of arthroscopy, its role in the orthopaedic armamentarium is continuously increasing and ever more complex surgeries are being performed arthroscopically. Effective training in arthroscopy is essential to good outcomes. The guidance provided in this book by acknowledged experts in the field will assist in improving the efficiency and effectiveness of arthroscopic training and in enhancing patient safety.

    Contents:
    Obstacles faced in the classical training system; Why is there a need for newer systems?- Needs and wishes from the arthroscopic community? Simulation: Traditional wet labs (animal and human cadavers) including industry involvement
    Box trainers & anatomic bench models
    Virtual reality simulators
    Simulator Validation
    Guidelines for use of simulators. Objective performance tracking: Psychomotor learning applied to arthroscopy
    What measures represent performance?- What thresholds are evidence-based?- Preclinical training strategies
    Guidelines for preclinical performance tracking. Monitoring training in the OR: Theory on learning strategies applied to arthroscopy
    Global rating scales
    (Video) tools for objective monitoring in OR
    Guidelines for use in OR
    Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Evan M. Forman, Meghan L. Butryn.
    Summary: "Effective Weight Loss presents 25 detailed sessions of an empirically supported, cognitive-behavioral treatment package called Acceptance-Based Behavioral Treatment (ABT). The Clinician Guide is geared towards helping administer treatment, and the companion Workbook provides summaries of session content, exercises, worksheets, handouts, and assignments for patients and clients receiving the treatment"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction and Principles of Treatment
    Chapter 1: Session 1: Welcome
    Chapter 2: Session 2: Calorie Cutting Keys
    Chapter 3: Session 3: Goal Setting, and Weighing and Measuring
    Chapter 4: Session 4: Labels, Planning, and Calorie Accounting
    Chapter 5: Session 5: Control What You Can, Accept What You Can't; the Home Food Environment
    Chapter 6: Session 6: Physical Activity and Willingness (Part 1)
    Chapter 7: Session 7: Willingness (Part 2) and Values
    Chapter 8: Session 8: Forming Good Habits/Flexibility
    Chapter 9: Session 9: Restaurant Eating/Handling Weekends and Special Occasions
    Chapter 10: Session 10: Barriers to Living a Valued Life
    Chapter 11: Session 11: Friends and Family
    Chapter 12: Session 12: Introduction to Defusion and Urge Surfing
    Chapter 13: Session 13: Strategies to Help Defuse and Increase Willingness
    Chapter 14: Session 14: Review of Dietary Principles, Mindless Eating, and Portion Sizes
    Chapter 15: Session 15: Mindful Decision-Making
    Chapter 16: Session 16: Transitioning to Bi-Weekly Meetings
    Chapter 17: Session 17: Maintaining Losses over the Long Term
    Chapter 18: Session 18: Willingness and Reducing Barriers to Physical Activity
    Chapter 19: Session 19: Committed Action
    Chapter 20: Session 20: Emotional Eating
    Chapter 21: Session 21: Lapse vs. Relapse/Reversing Small Weight Gains
    Chapter 22: Session 22: Revisiting Commitment/Transition to Monthly/Bi-Monthly Meetings
    Chapter 23: Session 23: Maintaining Motivation
    Chapter 24: Session 24: Looking Ahead
    Chapter 25: Session 25: Celebrating Accomplishments
    Appendix 1: Weight and Lifestyle Inventory (WALI)
    Certificate of Completion
    References.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    Evan M. Forman and Meghan L. Butryn.
    Summary: 'Effective Weight Loss' presents 25 detailed sessions of an empirically supported, cognitive-behavioural treatment package called Acceptance-Based Behavioral Treatment (ABT).

    Contents:
    Information about weight loss and this treatment program
    Chapter 1: Session 1: Welcome
    Chapter 2: Session 2: Calorie Cutting Keys
    Chapter 3: Session 3: Goal Setting, and Weighing and Measuring
    Chapter 4: Session 4: Labels, Planning, and Calorie Accounting
    Chapter 5: Session 5: Control What You Can, Accept What You Can't; the Home Food Environment
    Chapter 6: Session 6: Physical Activity and Willingness (Part 1)
    Chapter 7: Session 7: Willingness (Part 2) and Values
    Chapter 8: Session 8: Forming Good Habits and Flexibility
    Chapter 9: Session 9: Restaurant Eating: Handling Weekends and Special Occasions
    Chapter 10: Session 10: Barriers to Living a Valued Life
    Chapter 11: Session 11: Friends and Family
    Chapter 12: Session 12: Introduction to Defusion and Urge Surfing
    Chapter 13: Session 13: Strategies to Help Defuse and Increase Willingness
    Chapter 14: Session 14: Review of Dietary Principles, Mindless Eating (Part 1), and Portion Sizes
    Chapter 15: Session 15: Mindful Eating (Part 2) and Mindful Decision-Making
    Chapter 16: Session 16: Transitioning to Bi-Weekly Meetings
    Chapter 17: Session 17: Maintaining Losses over the Long Term
    Chapter 18: Session 18: Willingness and Reducing Barriers to Physical Activity
    Chapter 19: Session 19: Committed Action
    Chapter 20: Session 20: Overeating and Emotional Eating
    Chapter 21: Session 21: Lapse vs. Relapse/ and Reversing Small Weight Gains
    Chapter 22: Session 22: Revisiting Commitment and Transition to Monthly/Bi-Monthly Meetings
    Chapter 23: Session 23: Maintaining Motivation
    Chapter 24: Session 24: Looking Ahead
    Chapter 25: Session 25: Celebrating Accomplishments
    Appendix A: Keeping Track Form
    Appendix B: In-Session Weight Change Record
    Appendix C: Home Weight Change Record
    Appendix D: Weekly Review
    Appendix E: Worksheets.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Arthur N. Popper, Anthony Hawkins, editors.
    Summary: The meeting of Aquatic Noise 2013 will introduce participants to the most recent research data, regulatory issues and thinking about effects of man-made noise and will foster critical cross-disciplinary discussion between the participants. Emphasis will be on the cross-fertilization of ideas and findings across species and noise sources. As with its predecessor, The Effects of Noise on Aquatic Life: 3rd International Conference will encourage discussion of the impact of underwater sound, its regulation and mitigation of its effects. With over 100 contributions from leading researchers, a wide range of sources of underwater sound will be considered.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ton J. Cleophas, Aeilko H. Zwinderman.
    Summary: Machine learning and big data is hot. It is, however, virtually unused in clinical trials. This is so, because randomization is applied to even out multiple variables. Modern medical computer files often involve hundreds of variables like genes and other laboratory values, and computationally intensive methods are required. This is the first publication of clinical trials that have been systematically analyzed with machine learning. In addition, all of the machine learning analyses were tested against traditional analyses. Step by step statistics for self-assessments are included. The authors conclude, that machine learning is often more informative, and provides better sensitivities of testing than traditional analytic methods do.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Traditional and Machine-Learning Methods for Efficacy Analysis
    Optimal-Scaling for Efficacy Analysis
    Ratio-Statistic for Efficacy Analysis
    Ratio-Statistic for Efficacy Analysis
    Complex-Samples for Efficacy Analysis
    Bayesian-Networks for Efficacy Analysis
    Evolutionary-Operations for Efficacy Analysis
    Automatic-Newton-Modeling for Efficacy Analysis
    High-Risk-Bins for Efficacy Analysis
    Balanced-Iterative-Reducing-Hierarchy for Efficacy Analysis
    Cluster-Analysis for Efficacy Analysis
    Multidimensional-Scaling for Efficacy Analysis
    Binary Decision-Trees for Efficacy Analysis
    Continuous Decision-Trees for Efficacy Analysis
    Automatic-Data-Mining for Efficacy Analysis
    Support-Vector-Machines for Efficacy Analysis
    Neural-Networks for Efficacy Analysis
    Ensembled-Accuracies for Efficacy Analysis
    Ensembled-Correlations for Efficacy Analysis
    Gamma-Distributions for Efficacy Analysis
    Validation with Big Data, a Big Issue
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Daniel Rosenthal, Oleg Pianykh.
    Summary: Aiming at building efficient radiology operations, this book walks the reader through the entire radiology workflow, from the moment that the examination is requested to the reporting of findings. Using their practical experience, the authors draw attention to the many elements that can go wrong at each step, and explain how critical analysis and objective metrics can be used to fix broken processes. Readers will learn how to measure the efficiency of their workflows, where to find relevant data, and how to use it in the most productive ways. The book also addresses how data can be turned into insightful operational information to produce organizational change. All aspects of radiology operations are considered including ordering, scheduling, protocols, checking-in, image acquisition, image interpretation, communication, and billing. The closing section provides a deeper dive into the advanced tools and techniques that are used to analyze operations, including queuing theory, process mining and artificial intelligence.

    Contents:
    Part 1. A word about numbers
    Mining your own business
    Part 2. Ordering
    Scheduling.-Examinations, Protocols, Autoprotocols
    Arriving for the Examination
    Creating the Imagines.-Image Delivery
    From Images to Reports
    Part 3. Ars Longa, Vita Brevis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Eberhard Breitmaier
    Summary: Study the essentials of organic chemistry efficiently! This e-book for bachelor and master students facilitates effective learning and is renowned for the quality of its content. Based on the author's long teaching experience, this book has been developed from lecture scripts of courses held in the USA and in Germany. It comprises the molecular orbital model to explain covalent bonding in organic molecules, the classes of organic compounds including natural products, polymers and biopolymers, basic concepts (orbital hybridization, resonance, aromaticity), types and mechanisms of organic reactions, and essential aspects of molecular structure such as atom connectivities, skeletal isomerism, conformation, configuration and chirality.
  • Digital
    editor, Mark A. Chapman.
    Summary: The book discusses the importance of eggplant (Solanum melongena L.) as a crop, highlighting the potential for eggplant to serve as a model for understanding several evolutionary and taxonomic questions. It also explores the genomic make-up, in particular in comparison to other Solanaceous crops, and examines the parallels between eggplant and tomato domestication as well as between the most common eggplant species and two related eggplants native to Africa (Ethiopian eggplant [Solanum aethiopicum L.] and African eggplant [Solanum macrocarpon L.]). The eggplant genome was first sequenced in 2014, and an improved version was due to be released in 2017. Further investigations have revealed the relationships between wild species, domesticated eggplant, and feral weedy eggplant (derived from the domesticate), as well as targets of selection during domestication. Parallels between eggplant and tomato domestication loci are well known and the molecular basis is currently being investigated. Eggplant is a source of nutrition for millions of people worldwide, especially in Southeast Asia where it is a staple food source. Domesticated in the old world, in contrast to its congeners tomato and potato, the eggplant is morphologically and nutritionally diverse. The spread of wild eggplants from Africa is particularly interesting from a cultural point of view. This book brings together diverse fields of research, from bioinformatics to taxonomy to nutrition to allow readers to fully understand eggplant's importance and potential.

    Contents:
    Economic/Academic importance
    Botanical descriptions/cytology
    Classical genetics and traditional breeding
    Genetic basis of nutrition
    Molecular mapping
    comparison to other crops
    Molecular mapping of genes & QTLs/Association Mapping
    Structural & functional genomic resources developed
    The draft genome
    Background history of the genome initiatives. Strategies for sequencing
    Repetitive sequences, gene annotation, gene families, genome duplication
    Synteny with allied & model genomes
    Other domesticated eggplants
    Domestication genomics
    Impact on germplasm characterization & gene discovery
    Impact on plant breeding
    Future prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Antonio Gaddi, Fabio Capello, Marco Manca, editors ; forewords by Sergio Bertolucci and Gianfranco Gensini.
    Summary: The debate over eHealth is alive as never before. Supporters suggest that it will result in dramatic innovations in healthcare, including a giant leap towards patient-centered care, new opportunities to improve effectiveness, and enhanced wellness and quality of life. In addition, the growing market value of investments in health IT suggests that eHealth can offer at least a partial cure for the current economic stagnation. Detractors counter these arguments by claiming that eHealth has already failed: the UK Department of Health has shut down the NHS National Program for IT, Google has discontinued its Health flagship, and doubts have arisen over privacy safeguards for both patients and medical professionals. This book briefly explains why caregivers, professionals, technicians, patients, politicians, and others should all consider themselves stakeholders in eHealth. It offers myth-busting responses to some ill-considered arguments from both sides of the trench, in the process allowing a fresh look at eHealth. In addition, it describes how the technical failures of previous eHealth systems can be avoided, examines the legal basis of eHealth, and discusses associated ethical issues.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction: The debate over eHealth
    2 Definitions of eHealth
    3 An introduction to the technological basis of eHealth
    4 eHealth and me: The implications of the Net for health care relationships
    5 Legally eHealth
    6 EU support to eHealth and cost-benefits
    7 No (e)Health without (e)Research
    8 eHealth policy
    9 The high-tech face of eHealth
    10 The data-driven revolution of healthcare
    11 eEducation and eHealth: a call for action
    12 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Zeguang Ren.
    Summary: This book introduces the basic tenets and technique skills for endovascular embolization and provides the most up-to-date technical advancements, treatment strategy evolution, and literature review related to the endovascular treatment of brain aneurysms. The most special feature of this book is how the content is organized. The morphology, instead of the location, dictates the treatment strategy applied and procedure skills required for the endovascular treatment of brain aneurysms. Hence, the book is structured with a new conceptual way of classifying aneurysms into eight different types based on the morphological characteristics of brain aneurysms. The specific technical skills and treatment strategies for these different aneurysm categories are described separately in their own chapters. Another important feature of the book is the combination of detailed technical descriptions of the skills, strategies, and advancement in the field accompanied with case presentations. The large and comprehensive collection of the case presentations further enhances the points in the text. This book can be used as a handbook on endovascular treatment of brain aneurysms. It can also help physicians in the early careers of these subspecialties for their daily practice and board preparation. The text will provide the most up-to-date knowledge for more experienced endovascular neurosurgeons and interventionalists on the topics of new techniques and endovascular products. Additionally, it can also serve as a practice guidance resource for nurse practitioners and physician assistants of the above subspecialties.

    Contents:
    Why the Brain is classified into eight types, and what are they?
    Anticoagulation and antiplatelet treatment related to endovascular treatment of aneurysms
    Complications of aneurysm embolization and its prevention
    Trans-femoral access
    Trans-radial access
    Transbrachial access
    Transcervical Access
    Narrow neck aneurysm
    Wide neck aneurysm
    Blood Blister like and small aneurysms
    Fusiform/Dissecting Aneurysm
    Recurrent/Residual Aneurysm
    Large and giant aneurysms
    Pseudoaneurysms/arterial injury
    Infectious aneurysm (mycotic aneurysm).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    von Gaston Graul.
    Contents:
    T.
    1. Einführung in das Wesen der Magen-, Darm- und Stoffwechsel-Krankheiten.
    Digital Access Google Books 1908-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L801 .G77 1908
    1
  • Print
    Lehnartz, Emil.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F514 .L54 1937
    1
  • Digital
    Lloyd Tannenbaum, Rachel E. Bridwell, Brannon L. Inman.
    Summary: This book is a short-form guide designed to fill a training gap in medical education. It is a reference that will help interns and junior residents understand and appropriately respond to real world situations that they will be encountering as newly minted physicians. The book outlines a basic methodology for electrocardiogram (EKG) interpretation and sets a framework for the junior resident physician to use to approach every EKG. It describes common dysrhythmias that residents will often encounter, on the wards, in the emergency department, and in clinic. It uses many high-quality images to prime junior learners in the interpretation and recognition of high yield EKGs. Chapters address commonly encountered pathology, such as atrio-ventricular blocks, tachydysrhythmias, acute coronary syndrome, and syncope. The conversational tone of this book is designed to mimic how staff physicians talk to senior medical students and junior residents, maximizing readability to enhance retention. EKG Teaching Rounds is a case-based book that will quickly become an essential reference text for medical professionals in training who are looking to advance their knowledge of EKG interpretation. This book is relevant for every medical specialty and every level of medical education.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: The Basics
    Chapter 2: Conduction Blocks
    Chapter 3: Tachydysrhythmias
    Chapter 4: Bradydysrhythmias
    Chapter 5: Electrolytes
    Chapter 6: Syncope
    Chapter 7: Acute Coronary Syndrome. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Maureen A. Knechtel.
    Contents:
    Basics of cardiac physiology and relationship to the EKG rhythm output
    Introduction to the EKG, cardiac anatomy, and electrical conduction system
    Defining the intervals
    Lead review
    Rate
    Rhythm
    Axis
    Heart block
    Ischemia and infarction
    Supraventricular tachycardia
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    paced EKGs
    Drug and electrolyte effects on the EKG
    Clinical conditions that affect the EKG
    Applying EKG skills to clinical practice.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Richard G. Barr.
    Contents:
    Introduction to elastography / Richard G. Barr
    Principles of elastography / Richard G. Barr
    Elastography for diffuse liver disease / Giovanna Ferraioli, Mabel Zicchetti, Raffaella Lissandrin, and Carlo Filice
    Elastography for focal liver disease / Stephanie R. Wilson
    Elastography of the breast / Richard G. Barr
    Elastography of the thyroid gland / Vito Cantisani, H. Grazhdani, E. David, F. Calliada, N. Di Leo, M. Di Segni, A. Masciotra, C. Catalano, and F. D'Ambrosio
    Elastography of the prostate / Jean-Michel Correas and O. Hélénon
    Elastography of the lymph nodes / Nitin Chaubal, Anupam Bam, and Ketki Khadtare
    Elastography of the spleen, pancreas, and kidney / Mirko D'Onofrio, Vito Cantisani, Emilio Quaia, Riccardo De Robertis, Costanza Bruno, Stefano Crosara, Valentina Ciaravino, Antonio Giulio Gennari, Michele Pontello, and Roberto Pozzi Mucelli
    Elastography of the musculoskeletal system / Richard G. Barr, Amy M. Lex, and Nelson A. Hager
    Elastography of small parts / Fabrizio Calliada, Vito Cantisani, Chandra Bortolotto, Hector Grazhdani, Emanuele David, Antonio Pio Masciot, and Andrea Isidori
    Magnetic resonance elastography / Bogdan Dzyubak
    Future applications of elastography / David O. Cosgrove.
  • Digital
    Mirella Fraquelli, editor.
    Summary: This volume explores the main applications of elastographic techniques in hepatological and gastroenterological diseases, and elaborates on the use of these diagnostic techniques in a broad range of clinical settings; in this regard, it provides a clear critical methodological approach to the correct indication, taking into account the existing diagnostic pathways, the actual diagnostic accuracy of elastographic techniques, and their impact on clinical practice in terms of correct positioning of the test in the diagnostic pathway and clinical outcomes improvement. In the first chapters, which focus on the correct methodology for Diagnostic Accuracy Assessment of non -invasive techniques, the architecture of diagnostic research is discussed. In turn, the following sections describe a broad range of clinical applications in hepatology and gastroenterology. The closing section presents a number of case studies on practical issues, together with a critical discussion on how to promote the appropriate use of these technologies. Given its scope, the book will be of interest to specialists, post-graduate medical students, and researchers in the fields of hepatology and gastroenterology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Introduction to Elastography
    1: Elastographic Measures: A Methodological Approach
    1.1 Phase 0
    1.2 Phase 1
    1.3 Phase 2
    1.4 Phase 3
    1.5 Phase 4
    1.6 Conclusions
    References
    2: Liver Stiffness: Thresholds of Health
    2.1 Preamble: The Concept of Normality in Medicine
    2.2 Healthy Ranges in Liver Disease Diagnostics
    2.3 Definition of Healthy Ranges for Liver Stiffness
    2.4 Conclusions
    References
    Part II: Liver Diseases 3: The Role of Transient Elastography for Fibrosis Staging in HCV-Related Chronic Liver Disease
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Assessment of Liver Disease Severity
    3.2.1 Role of Liver Biopsy
    3.2.2 Non-Invasive Assessment of Liver Fibrosis in CHC
    3.3 Transient Elastography for the Assessment of Liver Fibrosis Prior to Antiviral Therapy
    3.3.1 Combination Algorithms
    3.3.2 TE vs. Other Elastography Techniques
    3.4 Transient Elastography for the Assessment of Liver Fibrosis After SVR
    3.5 Transient Elastography for Diagnosing Liver-Related Complications 3.5.1 Portal Hypertension
    3.5.2 Gastro-Oesophageal Varices (GEV)
    3.5.3 Hepatocellular Carcinoma (HCC)
    3.6 Transient Elastography to Determine Prognosis
    3.7 Conclusions
    References
    4: The Role of Elastography in HBV: Assessing Liver Fibrosis
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Liver Stiffness Cofactors and Confounders
    4.3 TE in Untreated HBV Carriers
    4.3.1 HBsAg Carriers Without Liver Disease
    4.3.2 Untreated CHB Patients
    4.4 TE in Treated CHB Patients
    4.4.1 LS Kinetics During Antiviral Treatment 4.4.2 Correlation Between LS Changes During Treatment and CHB Outcomes
    4.5 Conclusions
    References
    5: The Role of Transient Elastography in NAFLD
    5.1 Fibrosis in NAFLD: The Burden
    5.2 Transient Elastography: The Technique
    5.2.1 The Procedure
    5.2.2 Probes
    5.2.3 The Role of Controlled Attenuation Parameter (CAP)
    5.2.4 Limitations
    5.3 Transient Elastography in NAFLD: The Quote
    5.3.1 Diagnostic Accuracy
    5.3.2 The Issue of Rule-In and Rule-Out
    5.3.3 Confounding Factors
    5.3.4 Liver Stiffness as Predictor of Liver Events
    5.4 Conclusions References
    6: Elastography in Liver-Transplanted Patients
    6.1 Acute Rejection
    6.2 Recurrent Hepatitis C
    6.3 "Non-viral" Graft Disease After Transplantation
    6.4 Non-alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD)
    6.5 Elastography Outcome After Liver Transplantation
    6.6 Spleen Stiffness and Liver Transplant
    References
    7: Elastography in Autoimmune Liver Diseases
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Primary Biliary Cholangitis
    7.3 Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis
    7.4 Autoimmune Hepatitis
    7.5 Conclusions
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Bernard F. Morrey.
    Contents:
    Part I. Exposures
    part II. Fractures and trauma
    part III. Complications of trauma
    part IV. Soft tissue injuries and management
    part V. Nonreplacement and reconstructive surgery
    part VI. Joint replacement arthroplasty
    part VII. Postoperative management.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Porcellini, Roberto Rotini, Susanna Stignani Kantar, Silvia Di Giacomo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with detailed guidance on the evaluation, diagnosis, and treatment of injuries and disorders of the elbow, including dislocation, complex instability, articular fractures, epicondylitis and epitrochleitis, distal biceps and triceps tendon injuries, peripheral nerve pathology, snapping triceps syndrome, elbow stiffness, and upper limb compartment syndrome. The choice between conservative and surgical treatment in different settings is clearly explained, and detailed advice offered on selection of surgical technique. A separate section provides a deeper understanding of the most common sports-related elbow pathologies, and their management, based on careful correlation with the movements performed by athletes in particular sports. Extensive consideration is also given to rehabilitation and physiotherapy protocols. This book will be of value for all orthopedic surgeons and other specialists who care for patients with elbow injuries, which can represent a challenge even to the more experienced.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Luigi Adriano Pederzini, Denise Eygendaal, Matteo Denti, editors.
    Contents:
    Clinical relevant anatomy of the elbow
    Biomechanics of the elbow joint in overhead athletes
    Physical examination of the elbow
    Imaging of the elbow in overhead athletes
    Preventions of elbow injuries
    Medial sided elbow pain
    New aspects in UCL stabilization
    Evaluation of medial coll rec by ultrasound
    Olecranon elbow pain in sportsmen
    Lateral sided elbow pain
    Conservative treatments in lateral elbow pain
    PRP in lateral elbow pain
    Degenerative elbow in sportsmen
    Distal Biceps tendon pathology
    Triceps tendon pathology
    Triceps repair
    Posterior impingement of the elbow joint
    Nerve compression syndromes around the elbow in sportsmen
    Endoscopy around the elbow
    Ulnar nerve problems in sportsmen
    Acute sports related injuries
    Elbow Dislocation in Extreme Sports
    Complex elbow dislocation
    Radial head fractures
    Fractures of the olecranon
    Rehabilitation of the elbow joint.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Filippo Castoldi, Giuseppe Giannicola, Roberto Rotini, editors.
    Summary: This handbook provides detailed, state-of-the-art information on total elbow replacement, covering all relevant aspects, from basic science and pathogenesis to clinical and instrumental evaluation, and treatment techniques. Elbow arthroplasties have undergone a considerable evolution in recent decades due to better anatomical and biomechanical knowledge, continuous development of biomaterials, improvement of operative techniques and better definition of the surgical indications. This book enables readers to better understand the main indications, the outcomes and the complications following total elbow arthroplasty, radial head arthroplasty, radiocapitellar arthroplasty and distal humerus hemiarthroplasty. The closing section addressing the post-operative management of the patients who have undergone elbow replacement is provided in order to optimize the relationship between the orthopedic surgeon and the rehabilitation physician. Written by leading experts in the field, the book is an invaluable tool for experienced surgeons, orthopedic residents and shoulder fellows.

    Contents:
    Section 1- Basic science : 1 History and evolution of elbow arthroplasties
    2 Epidemiology and demographics of elbow arthroplasties
    3 Anatomy of the elbow and its influence on implant design
    4 Kinematics and biomechanics in normal and replacement elbow
    5 Surgical exposures in elbow arthroplasty. Section 2
    Total Elbow Arthroplasty: 6 Indications and surgical technique of primary elbow linked arthroplasty
    7 Cement techniques: tips and tricks to improve fixation of implants
    8 Total elbow linked arthroplasty in distal humeral fractures and distal humeral nonunion: peculiarities of surgical technique and expected results
    9 Total elbow arthroplasty in rheumatoid arthritis and other inflammatory conditions: unlinked or linked replacement?
    10 Total elbow linked arthroplasty in primary and post-traumatic arthritis: peculiarities of surgical technique and expected results
    11 Convertible total elbow arthroplasty: theoretical or real advantages?
    12 Infection management in total elbow replacement: do effective guidelines exist?
    13 Periprosthetic fractures in total elbow replacement: classification and current treatment algorithm
    14 Revision in total elbow replacement with preserved bone stock: surgical technique and expected results
    15 Revision in total elbow replacement with bone stock loss: surgical technique and expected results
    16 Resection arthroplasty: expected clinical results
    17 Changes in quality of life and cost/utility analysis after total elbow replacement. Section 3
    Distal Humeral Hemiarthroplasty: 18 Anatomical considerations and biomechanics in distal humeral hemiarthroplasty: are custom-made implants essential?
    19 Distal humeral hemiarthroplasty: indications and expected results
    20 Distal humerus hemiarthroplasty: surgical technique.-21 Complication management in distal humerus hemiarthroplasty. Section 4
    Radial Head and Radiocapitellar Arthroplasty: 22 Indications for radial head arthroplasty and classification of current implants
    23 Non-anatomical monopolar uncemented radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and expected outcomes
    24 Anatomical monopolar press-fit radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and expected outcomes
    25 Bipolar press-fit radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and expected outcomes
    26Cemented radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and outcomes
    27 Complications and revision of radial head arthroplasty: management and outcomes
    28 Radiocapitellar arthroplasty: indications, surgical technique and outcomes. Section 5
    Postoperative management: 29 The use of elbow braces in elbow replacement
    30 Continuous passive motion and rehabilitation in elbow arthroplasty: when, how and why
    31Mobilization under anaesthesia in stiff prosthetic elbow: is it still an option?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joshua S. Dines, David W. Altchek, editors.
    Contents:
    Clinically Relevant Elbow Anatomy and Surgical Approaches
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament: Throwing Biomechanics
    Valgus Extension Overload
    Ulnohumeral Chondral and Ligamentous Overload
    Epidemiology of Elbow Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
    History and Physical Exam on the Thrower's Elbow
    Radiographic Imaging of the Elbow
    MR Imaging in Patients with Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injury
    Ultrasound Imaging of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injury
    The Conservative Treatment of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
    Injections Including Platelet Rich Plasma
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction: Graft Selection and Harvest Technique
    Primary Repair of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries of the Elbow
    The Role of Arthroscopy in Athletes with Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
    Biomechanics of Reconstruction Constructs
    Figure of 8 Technique and Outcomes
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction: Docking Technique
    American Sports Medicine Institute Techniques and Outcomes
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction: Alternative Surgical Techniques
    Combined Flexor-Pronator Mass and Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
    Ulnar Nerve Issues in Throwing Athletes
    Revision Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries in High School-Aged Athletes
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injury in Female Athletes
    Complications of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Repair
    Sports Specific Outcomes for Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction
    Rehabilitation of the Overhead Athlete{u2019}s Elbow
    Sport Specific Rehabilitation after Ulnar Collateral Ligament Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jacopo Martellucci, editor ; forewords by Ernest H.J. Weil and Klaus Matzel.
    Summary: "This book will enable the reader to gain a sound understanding of contemporary and futuristic evidence-based interventions and assessment procedures for pelvic floor disorders. It gathers the experiences of some of the most important experts on electrical stimulation techniques, offering a multidisciplinary and problem-oriented approach organized according to therapeutic goals. Interventions are recommended that are consistent with theory and display clinical efficacy for specific disorders, including urinary incontinence or retention, fecal incontinence, constipation, pelvic pain, sexual dysfunction, and neurological diseases involving the pelvic floor. All of the surgical or rehabilitative techniques requiring electrical stimulation for the treatment of these disorders are explored, and essential background information is provided on functional anatomy, neurophysiology, and concepts in electrotherapy. This volume will be a very useful tool for urologists, general or colorectal surgeons, gynecologists, and anesthesiologists, and also physiotherapists and alternative medicine practitioners (a specific chapter focuses on electroacupuncture). It will assist in their clinical practice as they seek to help the very many patients who suffer from any of the wide range of functional pelvic floor disorders"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Electrotherapy for pelvic floor disorders: historical background / Jacopo Martellucci
    Functional anatomy of the pelvic floor / Jacopo Martellucci, Carlo Bergamini, Giulia Palla, Tommaso Simoncini, Gabriele Naldini, and Andrea Valeri
    Neurophysiology and neurophysiological evaluation of the pelvic floor / Giuseppe Pelliccioni, Paolo Pelliccioni
    Basic concepts in electricity and electrotherapy / Jacopo Martellucci
    Acupuncture for pelvic floor disorders / Marco Scaglia, Mattia Tullio, Ines Destefano, Leif Hultén
    Electrical stimulation, biofeedback, and other rehabilitative techniques / Filippo Pucciani
    Functional electrical stimulation (FES) in micturition disorders / Aldo Tosto
    Transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation / Filippo Murina, Stefania Di Francesco
    Tibial nerve stimulation / Iacopo Giani, Stefania Musco
    Sacral nerve modulation: techniques and indications / Michele Spinelli
    Sacral nerve modulation for urinary disorders: overactive bladder / Marzio Angelo Zullo
    Sacral nerve modulation for urinary disorders: urinary retention / Maria Paola Bertapelle
    Sacral nerve modulation for fecal incontinence / Donato F. Altomare, Simona Giuratrabocchetta, Ivana Giannini, Michele De Fazio
    Sacral nerve modulation for constipation / Marco Franceschin, Jacopo Martellucci, Alfonso Carriero
    Pudendal nerve modulation / Michele Spinelli
    Dynamic graciloplasty / Claudio Fucini, Filippo Caminati, Niccolò Bartolini
    Electrical stimulation in sexual dysfunction / Jacopo Martellucci
    Electrical stimulation for pelvic pain / Francesco Cappellano
    Pelvic Floor neuromodulation in neurologic patients / Giulio Del Popolo, Jacopo Martellucci, Stefania Musco
    New frontiers: electrical stimulation in urinary disorders / Michele Spinelli.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Anish Khan, Mohammad Jawaid, Aftab Aslam Parwaz Khan, and Abdullah M. Asiri.
    Summary: "A comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the latest research trends in conductive polymers and polymer hybrids, summarizing recent achievements. The book begins by introducing conductive polymer materials and their classification, while subsequent chapters discuss the various syntheses, resulting properties and up-scaling as well as the important applications in biomedical and biotechnological fields, including biosensors and biodevices. The whole is rounded off by a look at future technological advances. The result is a well-structured, essential reference for beginners as well as experienced researchers."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Bioinspired Polydopamine and Composites for Biomedical Applications / Ziyauddin Khan, Ravi Shanker, Dooseung Um, Amit Jaiswal, Hyunhyub Ko
    Multifunctional Polymer-Dilute Magnetic Conductor and Bio-Devices / Imran Khan, Weqar A Siddiqui, Shahid P Ansari, Shakeel khan, Mohammad Mujahid Ali khan, Anish Khan, Salem A Hamid
    Polymer-Inorganic Nanocomposite and Biosensors / Anish Khan, Aftab Aslam Parwaz Khan, Abdullah M Asiri, Salman A Khan, Imran Khan, Mohammad Mujahid Ali Khan
    Carbon Nanomaterial-Based Conducting Polymer Composites for Biosensing Applications / Mohammad O Ansari
    Graphene and Graphene Oxide Polymer Composite for Biosensors Applications / Aftab Aslam Parwaz Khan, Anish Khan, Abdullah M Asiri
    Polyaniline Nanocomposite Materials for Biosensor Designing / Mohammad Oves, Mohammad Shahadat, Shakeel A Ansari, Mohammad Aslam, Iqbal IM Ismail
    Recent Advances in Chitosan-Based Films for Novel Biosensor / Akil Ahmad, Jamal A Siddique, Siti H M Setapar, David Lokhat, Ajij Golandaj, Deresh Ramjugernath
    Self Healing Materials and Conductivity / Jamal A Siddique, Akil Ahmad, Ayaz Mohd
    Electrical Conductivity and Biological Efficacy of Ethyl Cellulose and Polyaniline-Based Composites / Faruq Mohammad, Tanvir Arfin, Naheed Saba, Mohammad Jawaid, Hamad A Al-Lohedan
    Synthesis of Polyaniline-Based Nanocomposite Materials and Their Biomedical Applications / Mohammad Shahadat, Shaikh Z Ahammad, Syed A Wazed, Suzylawati Ismail
    Electrically Conductive Polymers and Composites for Biomedical Applications / Haryanto, Mohammad Mansoob Khan.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Print
    J. P. Varshney.
    Summary: This book provides essential information on methodologies for recording electrocardiograms in various animal species, including dogs, cats, cattle, buffaloes, sheep, goats, mithun, chelonians, snakes, avians, equines, rabbits, and the Indian gray mongoose. It also reviews the electrocardiographic physiology, generation of electrocardiograms, and normal criteria for various animal species; electrocardiograms in health and disease; and the interpretation of abnormal electrocardiograms, cardiomyopathy and arrhythmias, with corresponding treatment protocols. Further, it presents several approaches to interpreting the electrocardiograms of dogs, cats, ruminants, tortoises, pigeons, and other animals, offering a valuable resource for all veterinary students, scientists, and physicians wanting to make greater use of this valuable non-invasive tool in the diagnosis of heart diseases and general health examinations.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Canine
    Chapter 1. Cardiac Evaluation Approaches
    Chapter 2. Electrocardiography, its uses and limitations
    Chapter 3. Generation and shape of electrocardiogram
    Chapter 4. A Systematic reading of an electrocardiogram
    Chapter 5. Benchmarks for normal electrocardiogram
    Chapter 6. Abnormal wave forms, segments and intervals in electrocardiogram
    Chapter 7. Atrial and Ventricular enlargement patterns and Clinical Associations
    Chapter 8. Intraventricular conduction abnormality and bundle branch blocks
    Chapter 9. ECG Patterns associated with Electrolyte imbalances, Drug Toxicities and Physical and Chemical Agents
    Chapter 10. Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Chapter 11. Electrocardiographic findings in cardiac and non-cardiac diseases
    Chapter 12. Canine Cardiomyopathy and Bacterial Endocarditis
    Chapter 13. Valvular Insufficiency
    Chapter 14. Pericardial Effusion
    Chapter 15. Heart Failure , Cardio-pulmonary Arrest and Cardiogenic Shock
    Chapter 16. Canine Electocardiograms in diseases
    Part 2. Feline
    Chapter 17. Electrocardiography in Cats
    Part 3. Ruminant
    Chapter 18. Electrocardiography in ruminants
    Part 4. Other Animals
    Chapter 19. Electrocardiography in other animals.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Martin Green, Andrew Krahn, Wael Alqarawi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the ECG findings of inherited arrhythmias and cardiomyopathies. Despite new forms of medical imaging, electrocardiography (ECG) remains the cornerstone of diagnosis, risk-stratification, and prognosis for these conditions. It is extremely important for clinicians to develop the skills required to interpret the ECG correctly as both overdiagnosis and underdiagnosis of these conditions can have a deleterious effect on patients and their families. Each chapter covers a specific condition and highlights typical or critically important ECG findings. Chapters include detailed descriptions of these findings along with pathophysiological mechanisms and clinical vignettes. In addition, the book reviews some normal ECG findings in athletes in order to differentiate some ECG findings from those which may be found in inherited arrhythmia or cardiomyopathy conditions. Electrocardiography of Inherited Arrhythmias and Cardiomyopathies: From Basic Science to Clinical Practice is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, cardiac electrophysiology, emergency medicine, sports medicine, and primary care.

    Contents:
    Part I. Inherited Arrhythmias
    Chapter 1. Long QT Syndrome
    Chapter 2. Brugada Syndrome
    Chapter 3. Short QT Syndrome
    Chapter 4. Early Repolarization Syndrome
    Chapter 5. Catecholaminergic Polymorphic Ventricular Tachycardia
    Chapter 6. Short-coupled PVC-induced Ventricular Fibrillation
    Part II. Inherited Cardiomyopathies
    Chapter 7. Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 8: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 9: Dilated Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 10: AMP-K Syndromes
    Part III. ECG in Athletes
    Chapter 11. Athletes.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jeffrey W. Richig, Meg M. Sleeper.
    Summary: Electrocardiography of Laboratory Animals is the only book covering electrocardiography of laboratory animals, including dogs, mini-pigs, and cynomologus monkeys. As more countries institute requirements for the care of laboratory animals in research, this publication offers an effective standard on performing and analyzing ECGs. Topics covered include safety electrocardiography, toxicology, safety pharmacology, and telemetry. Electrocardiography of Laboratory Animals will assist biological and medical researchers, veterinarians, zoologists, and students in understanding electrocardiography of various species of animals used in research. Covers safety electrocardiography of large laboratory animals. Offers comprehensive analysis of ECGs for practical laboratory use. Includes a self-evaluation section for testing of ECG reading and analysis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Nestor Galvez-Jimenez, Alexandra Soriano, John A. Morren, editors.
    Summary: This easily readable book describes a practical approach to electrodiagnostic medicine. Replete with well-curated figures, the relevant principles and procedures are clearly described and portrayed, including the anatomical details needed for successful nerve conduction studies and needle electrode examination. Numerous summary tables also convey key information in a concise and easily accessible manner. The reader is also able to reinforce understanding of the various topics through high-yield sample cases which are presented and discussed at the end of chapters. Electrodiagnostic Medicine, A Practical Approach is ideal reading for budding, junior as well as more experienced electrodiagnosticians, particularly those in the field neurology and physiatry.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Few Antecedent Words of Gratitude from NGJ
    Using the Book
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Principles of Electrodiagnosis: Introduction
    Introduction
    Biases, Advantages and Disadvantages/Limitations (see Tables 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4)
    Physiopathological Basis for the Interpretation of NCS
    Nerve Conduction Studies
    Needle Electrode Examination
    Late Responses
    F-Wave (Fig. 1.4)
    H-reflex (Fig. 1.5)
    The A-wave or Axon Reflex
    Blink Reflexes
    Facial Nerve Motor Studies
    Standard Assessments of the Upper and Lower Extremities Some Common Scenarios in Which an Electrodiagnostic Study Is Requested
    Hand Pain/Numbness/Sensory Disturbance
    Foot Pain/Numbness/Sensory Disturbance
    Radiculopathies
    Proximal Lower Limb/Anterior Thigh Weakness
    Foot Drop/Weakness
    Generalized Weakness
    References
    2: Atlas of Nerve Conduction Studies (NCS)
    Introduction
    General Concepts
    Upper Extremities
    Sensory NCS
    Median Sensory Recording at Index Finger (See Fig. 2.1)
    Median Sensory Recording at the Thumb (See Fig. 2.2)
    Median Sensory Recording at Middle Finger (See Fig. 2.3) Ulnar Sensory Recording at Fifth Finger (See Fig. 2.4)
    Dorsal Ulnar Cutaneous Sensory Recording at Dorsum of the Hand (See Fig. 2.5)
    Radial Sensory Recording at Base of the Thumb (See Fig. 2.6)
    Median Palmar Mixed Nerve (See Fig. 2.7)
    Ulnar Palmar Mixed Nerve (See Fig. 2.8)
    Medial Antebrachial Cutaneous Sensory Recording Medial Forearm (See Fig. 2.9)
    Lateral Antebrachial Cutaneous Sensory Recording Lateral Forearm (See Fig. 2.10)
    Motor NCS
    Median Motor Recording at Abductor Pollicis Brevis (APB)
    Ulnar Motor Recording at Abductor Digiti Minimi (ADM) Ulnar Motor Recording at First Dorsal Interosseous (FDI)
    Radial Motor Recording at Extensor Digitorum (Communis) [ED/EDC]
    Musculocutaneous Recording at Biceps Brachii
    Axillary Recording at Deltoid Muscle
    Lower Extremity
    Sensory NCS
    Sural (Sensory) Recording Posterior Distal Leg/Lateral Ankle (See Fig. 2.23)
    Superficial Peroneal (Fibular) Sensory Recording Dorsolateral Aspect of Ankle/Proximal Foot (See Fig. 2.24)
    Saphenous Nerve Recording Medial Distal Leg (See Fig. 2.25)
    Lateral Femoral Cutaneous Nerve Recording Lateral Thigh (See Fig. 2.26) Medial and Lateral Plantar Mixed Nerve Response Recording the Medial Ankle (See Figs. 2.27 and 2.28)
    Motor NCS
    Peroneal (Fibular) Motor Recording at Extensor Digitorum Brevis (EDB)
    Peroneal (Fibular) Motor Recording at Tibialis Anterior (TA)
    Tibial Motor Recording at Abductor Hallucis (AH)
    Tibial Motor Recording at Abductor Digiti Quinti Pedis (ADQP)
    Femoral Motor Recording at Rectus Femoris
    Tibial H-Reflex Recording at Soleus
    Spinal Accessory Motor Recording at Trapezius
    Facial Motor Recording at Nasalis
    Suggested Reading
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David C. Preston, Barbara E. Shapiro.
    Contents:
    Approach to nerve conduction studies, electromyography, and neuromuscular ultrasound
    Anatomy and neurophysiology for electrodiagnostic studies
    Basic nerve conduction studies
    Late responses
    Blink reflex
    Repetitive nerve stimulation
    Anomalous innervations
    Artifacts and technical factors
    Basic statistics for electrodiagnostic studies
    Routine upper extremity, facial, and phrenic nerve conduction techniques
    Routine lower extremity nerve conduction techniques
    Basic overview of electromyography
    Anatomy for needle electromyography
    Basic electromyography: analysis of spontaneous activity
    Basic electromyography: analysis of motor unit action potentials
    Clinical-electrophysiologic correlations : overview and common patterns
    Fundamentals of neuromuscular ultrasound
    Neuromuscular ultrasound of mononeuropathies
    Neuromuscular ultrasound of polyneuropathy, motor neuron disease, and myopathy
    Median neuropathy at the wrist
    Proximal median neuropathy
    Ulnar neuropathy at the elbow
    Ulnar neuropathy at the wrist
    Radial neuropathy
    Peroneal neuropathy
    Femoral neuropathy
    Tarsal tunnel syndrome
    Facial and trigeminal neuropathy
    Polyneuropathy
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and its variants
    Atypical and inherited motor neuron disorders
    Radiculopathy
    Brachial plexopathy
    Proximal neuropathies of the shoulder and arm
    Lumbosacral plexopathy
    Sciatic neuropathy
    Neuromuscular junction disorders
    Myopathy
    Myotonic muscle disorders and periodic paralysis syndromes
    Approach to electrodiagnostic studies in the intensive care unit
    Approach to pediatric electromyography
    Basics of electricity and electronics for electrodiagnostic studies
    Electrical safety and iatrogenic complications of electrodiagnostic studies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    edited by John Kuo.
    Contents:
    Conventional specimen preparation techniques for transmission electron microscopy of cultured cells / John J. Bozzola
    Microwave-assisted processing and embedding for transmission electron microscopy / Paul Webster
    Processing plant tissues for ultrastructural study / John Kuo
    Staining sectioned biological specimens for transmission electron microscopy : conventional and En Bloc stains / E. Ann Ellis
    Metal shadowing for electron microscopy / Gregory M. Hendricks
    Freeze fracture and freeze etching / Douglas E. Chandler and William P. Sharp
    Conventional specimen preparation techniques for scanning electron microscopy of biological specimens / John J. Bozzola
    High-pressure freezing : current state and future prospects / Andres Kaech and Urs Ziegler
    Cryo-fixation by self-pressurized rapid freezing / Markus Grabenbauer, Hong-Mei Han, and Jan Huebinger
    Cryo-electron microscopy of vitreous sections / Petr Chlanda and Martin Sachse
    Negative staining and cryo-negative staining : applications in biology and medicine / J. Robin Harris and Sacha De Carlo
    Electron microscopy of microtubule cytoskeleton assembly in vitro / Margaret Coughlin, Aaron C. Groen, and Timothy J. Mitchison
    Cryosectioning fixed and cryoprotected biological material for immunocytochemistry / Paul Webster and Alexandre Webster
    Analysis of specificity in immunoelectron microscopy / Christian Hacker and John M. Lucocq
    Cryo-electron microscopy of membrane proteins / Kenneth N. Goldie [and others]
    Tracking DNA and RNA sequences at high resolution / Dušan Cmarko, Anna Ligasová, and Karel Koberna
    Visualization of DNA and protein-DNA complexes with atomic force microscopy / Yuri L. Lyubchenko, Alexander A. Gall, and Luda S. Shlyakhtenko
    Biological applications of phase-contrast electron microscopy / Kuniaki Nagayama
    Single particle cryo-electron microscopy and 3-D reconstruction of viruses / Fei Guo and Wen Jiang
    Electron tomography for organelles, cells, and tissues / Wanzhong He and Yongning He
    Correlative light and electron microscopy : from live cell dynamic to 3D ultrastructure / Coralie Spiegelhalter, Jocelyn F. Laporte, and Yannick Schwab
    Nanometer-resolution fluorescence electron microscopy (Nano-EM) in cultured cells / Shigeki Watanabe [and others]
    Correlative fluorescence and electron microscopy of quantum dot labeled proteins on whole cells in liquid / Diana B. Peckys, Madeline J. Dukes, and Niels de Jonge
    FIB-SEM tomography in biology / Caroline Kizilyaprak [and others]
    Correlative light and electron microscopy using immunolabeled sections / Heinz Schwarz and Bruno M. Humbel
    Correlative 3D imaging : CLSM and FIB-SEM tomography using high-pressure frozen, freeze-substituted biological samples / Miriam S. Lucas [and others]
    Three-dimensional imaging of adherent cells using FIB/SEM and STEM / Clarissa Villinger [and others]
    X-ray microanalysis in the scanning electron microscope / Godfried M. Roomans and Anca Dragomir
    Application of SEM and EDX in studying biomineralization in plant tissues / Honghua He and Yaowanuj Kirilak
    Freeze stabilization and cryopreparation technique for visualizing the water distribution in woody tissues by x-ray imaging and cryo-scanning electron microscopy / Yasuhiro Utsumi and Yuzou Sano
    Biological applications of energy-filtered TEM / Martin Saunders and Jeremy A. Shaw
    Secondary ion mass spectrometry imaging of biological cells and tissues / Nicholas P. Lockyer
    Elemental and isotopic imaging of biological samples using NanoSIMS / Matt R. Kilburn and Peta L. Clode
    3D chemical mapping : application of scanning transmission (soft) x-ray microscopy (STXM) in combination with angle-scan tomography in bio-, geo-, and environmental sciences / Martin Obst and Gregor Schmid.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Jan Vincents Johannessen.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RB43.5 .E4 1978
    1
  • Digital
    Susan Chu Walley, Karen Wilson, editors.
    Summary: Electronic cigarettes (E-cigarettes), also known as vape devices or by trade names such as JUUL, are handheld devices that aerosolize liquid commonly containing nicotine, humectants and flavorings. Used by 1 in 5 high school students in 2020, they are the most common tobacco product used by youth. E-cigarette use has been associated with a variety of health issues such as nicotine addiction, e-cigarette or vaping associated lung illness (EVALI), seizures, and increased risk of cardiovascular disease. This first-of-its-kind book begins with an introduction and background on the historical context of tobacco products. The next chapters provide an overview of the e-cigarette landscape and reviews the e-cigarette devices and solutions and the evolution of these products. This is followed by reviews of the health effects of e-cigarettes on users and non-users and includes recommendations for prevention and treatment of youth e-cigarette use. The last few chapters address the public health impact of e-cigarettes with a review of the evidence of e-cigarettes in smoking cessation. The book closes with policy and advocacy approaches and a resource page. E-cigarette and vape device use pose a public health crisis. This book contains succinct practical information and is a key reference for pediatricians as well as clinicians of all specialities. It also serves as a resource for health professionals, including tobacco dependence treatment providers and public health experts.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    A Brief History of Tobacco and Implications for New Tobacco Products
    The E-Cigarette Phenomenon: What it is, why it is happening, and what you should know about it
    Background and description of e-cigarette products and solutions
    Acute and Chronic Health Effects of E-cigarette use
    Health Effects of E-cigarettes and Other Vaping Devices on Non-users
    Recommendations for prevention and treatment of e-cigarette use among youth in the clinical setting
    Evaluation of evidence of e-cigarettes as a smoking cessation treatment for adult smokers
    Marketing and advertising of E-cigarettes and Pathways to Prevention
    The E-cigarette Regulatory Landscape: Policy and Advocacy Approaches
    Resource Page
    Conclusion. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Xiaohui Guo, editor.
    Summary: This book offers clinicians involved in perinatal care a detailed and in-depth perspective on electronic fetal monitoring (EFM). Topics include EFM management, antepartum and intrapartum fetal assessment and application of EFM in abnormal pregnancy, obstetrical complications, fetal acid-base balance, and fetal arrhythmias. Variant fetal heart rate patterns are presented with interpretation, diagnosis and comments from experts who have wealthy experience in high risk pregnancy intervention. It will be a valuable reference for physicians, nurses, and midwives who are responsible for initiating, performing, and interpreting EFM.

    Contents:
    Assessment of fetal well-being
    Management of EFM
    Fundamental electroic FHR monitoring
    Prenatal and intrapartum EFM
    Abnormal pregnancy
    Pregnant diseases
    Fetal acid-base balance
    Impact of intrapartum events on EFM
    Fetal arrhythmia.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Cydney Afriat Menihan, Ellen Kopel.
    Summary: "The newly updated Electronic Fetal Monitoring: Concepts and Applications, 3rd Edition, is an invaluable guide for clinicians (nurses, nurse-midwives, physicians) responsible for ordering, initiating, performing, and interpreting electronic fetal monitoring (EFM). Written by OB/GYN nurses and advanced practitioners, this combination textbook/workbook offers clinicians involved in perinatal care a uniquely detailed, in-depth, and historical perspective on EFM. Topics include maternal-fetal physiology, EFM instrumentation, antepartum and intrapartum fetal assessment and pattern interpretation, and a variety of additional issues and challenges relevant to the current state of EFM practice. Applicable to both the novice and seasoned practitioner, this text is useful as a both a primer for this specialty field and also as a detailed resource to ready for the NCC Certificate of Added Qualification in EFM. Upgrade and update your EFM skills with: Examples of EFM tracings that demonstrate the points presented in the text- including 22 case studies annotated with real-time bedside interpretation, followed by expert review with commentary to support these analyses. Validation of knowledge - New! End-of-chapter study questions and answers are a perfect supplement for certification exam preparation. For the educator, methods of competence validation are discussed and presented in detail. Up-to-date EFM guidelines - explained and demonstrated in real-life, situational context. Concise, easy-to-follow support for optimal acquisition and assessment of EFM data, and proper response to findings. Expert advice on handling both clinical and instrumental challenges related to EFM. Detailed explanation of the workings of EFM equipment and technology. Proven algorithms for management of antepartum testing and of EFM data, outlining specific interventions and their rationales. Coverage of crucial knowledge, including maternal-fetal physiology of fetal heart rate patterns and management of unusual EFM tracings, common problems and more. Chapter features include helpful tips ("Stork Bytes") to highlight important points. Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC, and Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience: The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time--providing a seamless reading experience online or offline. Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity, as well as responsive design. The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click. About the Clinical Editors, Cydney Afriat Menihan, CNM, MSN, RDMS, is a Nurse Midwife and Perinatal Consultant in North Kingstown, Rhode Island. Ellen Kopel, RNC, MS, is a Nurse Educator and Perinatal Consultant in Tampa, Florida"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Holly Talbott and Ashley Zmau.
    Summary: "This guide shows you how to develop a library-wide workflow and a shared understanding of the components delivering electronic resources to your patrons"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Troubleshooting as problem solving
    The access chain
    Soliciting problem reports
    Diagnosing access issues
    Resolving access issues
    Common access issues and examples
    Troubleshooting workflows and training
    Proactive troubleshooting.
  • Digital
    Muhammad Zaffar Hashmi, Ajit Varma, editors.
    Summary: Electronic and electric waste (e-waste), defined as end-of-life electronic products, including computers, television sets, mobile phones, transformers, capacitors, wires and cables, are a major global environmental concern. The crude recycling of e-waste releases persistent toxic substances, such as heavy metals, polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs), polychlorinated dibenzodioxins (PCDDs), polychlorinated dibenzofurans (PCDFs), polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and the environmental pollution and health risks caused by the improper disposal of e-waste has become an urgent issue. This book offers an overview of e-waste history, sources, and entry routes in soil, air, water and sediment. It also addresses e-waste transport and fate, bioavailability and biomonitoring, e-waste risk assessment, impacts on the environment and public health. In addition, it discusses the impact of e-waste on soil microbial community diversity, structure and function and reviews the treatment and management strategies, such as bioremediation and phytoremediation, as well as policies and future challenges. Given its scope, it is a valuable resource for students, researchers and scholars in the field of electronics manufacturing, environmental science and engineering, toxicology, environmental biotechnology, soil sciences and microbial ecology, as well as and plant biotechnology.

    Contents:
    History and Major Types of Pollutants in Electronic Waste Recycling
    Biomonitoring of Electronic Waste Polluted Environment
    New Brominated Flame Retardants in the Environment of Developing Countries
    Status of Organophosphate Esters in the Environment of Developing Countries and their Impact on Human Health
    Global Trends of E-waste Pollution and Its Impact on Environment
    E- wastes: Global Scenario, Constituents, Biological Strategies for Remediation
    Organic and Inorganic Contaminants from E-waste and their Effects on Environment
    Environmental and Health Effects: Exposure to E-waste pollution
    Health Effects of E-waste Pollution
    Effects of E-waste on Immune System of Pre-School Children
    Metagenomics Approaches to Study the Microbes in E-waste Pollution Environment
    Recycling Processes and Plastic in Electronic Waste Is an Emerging Problem for India: Implications for Future Prospect
    Techniques Used for Recycling the E-waste Worldwide
    Ecotoxicological Risk Assessment of E-waste Pollution
    Toxicity, Eco-toxicity and Phytoremediation of E-waste
    Phytoremediation of Electronic Waste: A Mechanistic Overview and Role of Plant Secondary Metabolites
    Aspects of E-waste Management in India
    Bioremediation Approaches For E-waste Management: A Step Toward Sustainable Environment
    Biodegradation of E-waste Pollution
    Enzymatic Role in the Degradation of E-waste Pollution
    Managing Electronic Waste Pollution: Policy Options and Challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jonathan S. Steinberg, MD, Suneet Mittal, MD, FACC, FHRS.
    Contents:
    SECTION I EVALUATION AND MANAGEMENT
    1 Bradycardia
    2 Supraventricular tachycardia: AVNRT, AVRT
    3 Atrial arrhythmias
    4 Ventricular tachycardia
    5 Syncope
    6 Sudden cardiac death and the cardiac arrest survivor
    SECTION II THE ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY
    7 Electrophysiology equipment
    8 Electrophysiologic testing : indications and limitations
    9 Principles of mapping and ablation
    10 Indications for cardiac rhythm management devices
    11 Ambulatory electrocardiographic monitoring
    SECTION III THE PACEMAKER AND DEFIBRILLATOR CLINIC
    12 Device interrogations and utilization of diagnostic data
    13 Lead management and extraction
    SECTION IV MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS
    14 Approach to the patient with wide complex tachycardia
    15 Antiarrhythmic medications
    16 Channelopathies
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Veena Kumari, Petr Bob, Nash N. Boutros, editors.
    Summary: Psychophysiology is an ever expanding field. The application of psychophysiological investigations to psychiatric disorders is likewise expanding and has in fact shed much light on some of the neural processes contributing to the development of psychiatric symptoms and/or their amelioration following treatment. The first part of this volume deals with a number of conditions where psychophysiological investigations have recently provided some insight into the pathophysiology of a particular manifestation (e.g., dissociation) or a disorder. Although this volume has a main focus on electrophysiological investigative modalities where neuroimaging was complimentary this added insight was included. The second part of the volume focuses on novel uses of psychophysiological measures, combining it with neuropsychology and imaging where possible, in the context of neuropsychiatric research and describes advanced analytical tools. Both basic and clinical investigators in this field should find the reviews and interpretations provided clear and informative. Clinicians will find this volume easy to assimilate. While direct clinical applications may be down the road, the insights provided should help the practicing clinicians to have firmer understanding of the complexity of the disorder they manage in everyday practice.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part 1. Psychophysiology in Neuropsychiatric Disorders and Their Treatment: Past, Present and Future
    Part 2. Psychophysiology Measurements and Analytical Tools: New Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    author, Reginald T. Ho.
    Contents:
    Bradycardias
    Mechanisms of tachycardia
    Intracardiac echocardiography
    Transeptal catheterization
    Narrow complex tachycardias
    Long RP tachycardias
    Atrio-ventricular nodal reentrant tachycardia
    Ablation of atrio-ventricular nodal reentrant tachycardia
    Basic evaluation of accessory pathways
    Orthodromic reciprocating tachycardia
    Unusual types of accessory pathways
    Ablation of accessory pathways
    Atrial tachycardia
    Atrial flutter
    Atrial fibrillation
    Sinus node and atrio-ventricular junction modification/ablation
    Wide complex tachycardias
    Preexcited tachycardias
    Idiopathic ventricular tachycardia and fibrillation
    Ablation of scar-related ventricular tachycardia
    Bundle branch reentrant tachycardia
    Unusual electrophysiologic phenomena
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Shulin Li, Department of Pediatrics, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA, Jeffry Cutrera, Department of Pediatrics, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA, Richard Heller, Old Dominion University, Frank Reidy Center for Biolectrics, Norfolk, VA, USA, Justin Teissie, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Institut de Pharmacologie et de Biollogie structurale, Toulouse, France, Université de Toulouse, UPS, IPBS Toulouse, France.
    Contents:
    1. Electroporation-based gene therapy; recent evolution in the mechanism description and technology developments / Lluis M. Mir
    2. Electropermeabilization of the cell membrane / Justin Teissie
    3. The impact of non-electrical factors on electrical gene transfer / Jiemino Hu, Jeffry Cutrera, and Shulin Li
    4. Electroporation formulation for cell therapy / Jiemiao Hu and Shulin Li
    5. Short-fragment DNA-mediated in vivo DNA electroporation delivery / Jinliang Peng, Yonggang Zhao and Yuhong Xu
    6. Gold nanoparticle-enhanced electroporation for leukemia cell transfection / Shuyan Huang, Yingbo Zu and Shengnian Wang
    7. siRNA delivery via electropulsation: a review of the basic processes / Muriel Golzio and Justin Teissie
    8. Continuous cell electroporation for efficient DNA and siRNA delivery based on laminar microfluidic chips / Zewen Wei and Zhihong Li
    9. Electroporation of siRNA into mouse bone marrow-derived macrophages and dendritic cells / Isabel Siegert, Valentin Schatz, Alexander T. Prechtel, Alexander Steinkasserer, Christian Bogdan and Jonathan Jantsch
    10. Directo imaging of siRNA electrotransfer at the single-cell level / Justin Teissie and Muriel Golzio
    11. Electroporation mediated siRNA delivery into tumors / Yashifumi Takei
    12. Substrate-mediated, high-efficiency siRNA electroporation / Hiroyuki Fujimato and Hiroo Iwata
    13. Intradermal electroporation / Maria L. Knudsen, Karl Ljungberg, Peter Liljeström and Daniel X. Johansson
    14. Delivery of DNA into the central nerous system via electroporation / Jochen De Vry, Tim Vanmierlo, Pilar Martínez-Martínez, Mario Losen, Yasin Temel, Harry Steinbusch, Marc De Baets and Jos Prickaerts
    15. DNA delivery in adult mouse eyes: an update with corneal outcomes / John M. Nickerson, Shannon E. Getz, Jana T. Sellers, Micah A. Chrenek, Penny Goodman, Christiana J. Bernal and Jeffrey H. Boatright
    16. Delivery of plasmid DNA into dental tissues of developing rat teeth by electroporation / Shaomian Yao, Michael L. Beckley and Dawen Liu
    17. Electroporation-mediated gene delivery to the lungs / Jennifer L. Young, Michael S. Barravecchia and David A. Dean
    18. Electroporation-mediated delivery of genes in rodent models of lung contusion / David Machado-Aranda and Krishnan Raghavendran
    19. In vivo electroporation-mediated gene delivery to the beating heart / Hendrik T. Tevaearai, Amiq Gazdhar, Marie-Noëlle Giraud and Martin Flück
    20. Managing local swelling following intratumoral electro-chemo-gene therapy / Jeffry Cutrera, Glenn King, Pamela Jones, Elias Gumpel, Xueqing Xia and Shulin Li
    21. Gene electrotransfer in clinical trials / Julie Gehl
    22. Electrochemotherapy in veterinary oncology: from rescue to first line therapy / Enrico P. Spugnini and Alfonso Baldi
    23. Low-energy DC current ablation in a mouse tumor model / Prejesh Philips, Yan Li and Robert C.G. Martin II
    24. Evolution of electroporated DNA vaccines / Andrea M. Keane-Myers and Matt Bell
    25. Clinical development of intramuscular electroporation: providing a "boost" for DNA vaccines / Amir S. Khan, Kate E. Broderick and Niranian Y. Sardesai
    26. Electroporation-mediated administration of candidate DNA vaccines against HIV -1 / Sandhya Vasan
    27. Electroporation-mediated intradermal delivery of DNA vaccines in nonhuman primates / Lucille Adam, Roger Le Grand and Fré́déric Martinon
    28. Intramuscular DNA vaccination protocols mediated by electric fields / Pieranna Chiarella and Emanuela Signori
    29. DNA electroporation of multi-agent vaccines conferring protection against select agent challenge: TriGrid delivery system / Andrea M. Keane-Myers, Matt Bell, Drew Hannaman and Mark Albrecht
    30. Gene-based vaccination and screening methods to develop monoclonal antibodies / M. Pirouz Daftarian, Aram Vosoughi and Vance Lemmon.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Bruce A. Carlson, Joseph A. Sisneros, Arthur N. Popper, Richard R. Fay, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comparative perspective on the topic of electroreception and reviews some of the fundamental insights gained from studies of electrosensory and electromotor systems to understand how the nervous system extracts biologically relevant information from the natural environment A Brief History of Electrogenesis and Electroreception in Fishes Bruce A. Carlson and Joseph A. Sisneros The Development and Evolution of Lateral Line Electroreceptors: Insights from Comparative Molecular Approaches Clare V.H. Baker Electrosensory Transduction: Comparisons Across Structure, Afferent Response Properties, and Cellular Physiology Duncan B. Leitch and David Julius The Evolution and Development of Electric Organs Jason R. Gallant Biophysical Basis of Electric Signal Diversity Michael R. Markham Hormonal Influences on Social Behavior in South American Weakly Electric Fishes Ana C. Silva Evolutionary Drivers of Electric Signal Diversity Rüdiger Krahe Using Control Theory to Characterize Active Sensing in Weakly Electric Fishes Sarah A. Stamper, Manu S. Madhav, Noah J. Cowan, and Eric S. Fortune Envelope Coding and Processing: Implications for Perception and Behavior Michael G. Metzen and Maurice J. Chacron Evolution of Submillisecond Temporal Coding in Vertebrate Electrosensory and Auditory Systems Bruce A. Carlson Influences of Motor Systems on Electrosensory Processing Krista Perks and Nathaniel B. Sawtell Active Electrolocation and Spatial Learning Sarah Nicola Jung and Jacob Engelmann Bruce A. Carlson is Professor of Biology at Washington University in St. Louis Joseph A. Sisneros is Professor of Psychology at the University of Washington, Seattle Arthur N. Popper is Professor Emeritus and research professor in the Department of Biology at the University of Maryland, College Park Richard R. Fay is Distinguished Research Professor of Psychology at Loyola University Chicago, Chicago.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acoustical Society of America; Series Preface; Preface 1992; Volume Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: A Brief History of Electrogenesis and Electroreception in Fishes; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Early Fascination with Electric Fishes; 1.3 Discovery of Electrogenesis; 1.4 Discovery of Electroreception; 1.4.1 Detection of Electric Fields; 1.4.2 Generation of Weak Electric Organ Discharges; 1.5 Electric Fishes and the Neuroethological Approach to Animal Behavior; 1.5.1 Active Electrolocation; 1.5.2 Jamming Avoidance Response; 1.5.3 Electrocommunication 1.5.4 Reafference and Exafference1.6 Fundamental Insights from Comparative Approaches; 1.7 Future Directions and Concluding Comments; References;
    Chapter 2: The Development and Evolution of Lateral Line Electroreceptors: Insights from Comparative Molecular Approaches; 2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 The Mechanosensory Division of the Lateral Line System; 2.1.2 The Electrosensory Division of the Lateral Line System; 2.1.2.1 Electrosensory Organs in Jawless Fishes; 2.1.2.2 Electrosensory Organs in Nonteleost Jawed Vertebrates; 2.1.2.3 Electrosensory Organs in Teleost Fishes: Independent Evolution 2.1.2.3.1 Overview of Teleost Electroreception2.1.2.3.2 Electroreception Evolved Independently At Least Twice in Teleosts; 2.1.3 Trigeminal Nerve-Mediated Electroreception in Monotremes and Dolphins; 2.2 Electroreceptor Development; 2.2.1 An Introduction to Cranial Placodes; 2.2.2 Nonteleost Ampullary Organs Develop from Lateral Line Placodes that Elongate to Form Sensory Ridges; 2.2.3 Experimental Evidence Is Lacking for the Embryonic Origin of Lamprey and Teleost Electroreceptors; 2.2.4 The Molecular Control of Lateral Line Placode Formation 2.2.4.1 Lateral Line and Otic Placodes Are Developmentally Independent2.2.4.2 Different Lateral Line Placodes Have Different Molecular Requirements; 2.2.5 Investigating the Molecular Basis of Nonteleost Electroreceptor Development; 2.2.5.1 The Candidate Gene Approach; 2.2.5.1.1 Transcriptional Regulators; 2.2.5.1.2 Signaling Pathways; 2.2.5.2 Insights from an Unbiased Transcriptomic (Differential RNA Sequencing) Approach; 2.3 Electroreceptor Evolution; 2.3.1 Morphological and Physiological Similarities Between Hair Cells and Nonteleost Electroreceptors 2.3.2 RNA Sequencing Data Suggest Nonteleost Electroreceptors Share Synaptic Transmission Mechanisms with Hair Cells2.3.3 Hypotheses for Electroreceptor Evolution: The Importance of Ribbons; 2.4 Summary; References;
    Chapter 3: Electrosensory Transduction: Comparisons Across Structure, Afferent Response Properties, and Cellular Physiology; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Electroreceptor Organs; 3.2.1 Ampullary Receptors; 3.2.1.1 Ampullae of Lorenzini Structural Properties; 3.2.2 Tuberous Organ Structural Properties; 3.2.3 Mammalian Trigeminal Electroreceptor Structural Properties
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Matt Richtel.
    Summary: The immune system is a guardian vigilantly fighting illness, healing wounds, maintaining order and balance, and keeping us alive. Richtel interweaves the stories of four people: a terminal cancer patient who rises from the grave; a medical marvel who defies HIV; two women with autoimmunity who discover their own bodies have turned against them. As he leads us from the Black Plague to twentieth-century breakthroughs in vaccination and antibiotics, to the cutting-edge laboratories that are revolutionizing immunology, his four patients each illuminates an essential facet of our "elegant defense."--Adapted from jacket

    Contents:
    Part I. Lives in the balance. The ties that bind
    Jason
    Bob
    Linda and Merredith
    Part II. The immune system and the festival of life. The bird, dog, starfish, and magic bullet
    The festival
    Festival crashers
    The mystery organ
    The B-word
    T cells and B cells
    Vaccines
    The infinity machine
    Transplant
    The immune system's fingerprint
    Inflammation
    Fever
    Flash Gordon
    The harmonious way
    Three wise men and a monoclonal antibody
    A second immune system
    Part III. Bob. Sex machine
    GRID
    The phone call
    CD4 and CD8
    Magic
    The prime
    Part IV. Linda and Merredith. Linda
    The wolf
    Invisible evidence
    Best of both worlds (sort of)
    Merredith
    Should you pick your nose?
    Microbiome
    Stress
    Sleep
    Part V. Jason. A word about cancer
    Laughter and tears
    The Lazarus mouse
    Wound healing
    Programmed death
    The breakthrough
    Jason races time
    Shepherd of death
    Trials, personal and clinical
    The other shoe
    Part VI. Homecoming. Bob
    Linda
    Jan and Ron
    Jason down the white tunnel
    Jason rises
    Apollo 11
    Home
    Jason's way
    The meanings of life
    The meaning of Jason.
    Digital Access 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Print
    Nitzulescu, Virgil.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    G41 .N72
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Wilson Z. Shou, Naidong Weng.
    Contents:
    Eliminating bottlenecks for efficient bioanalysis : practices and applications in drug discovery and development / Wilson Z. Shou & Naidong Weng
    Automated method development of sample preparation / Chris Singleton & Ming Li
    Strategies for high-throughput sample analysis / Maria A.M. Fitzgerald
    Enabling software for high-throughput bioanalysis / John Janiszewski & Nick Levitt
    Sample pooling approaches in discovery bioanalysis / Rongda Xu
    Quantitative bioanalysis by microflow LC-MS to support discovery-based pharmacokinetic studies / Heather Skor & Ravi Visswanathan
    The current status and future perspective on high-resolution MS in regulated bioanalysis / Eliza N. Fung
    Bottlenecks in bioanalysis : where do they come from and how to remove them? / Philip Timmerman
    Discovery to development : bioanalytical considerations that can facilitate the transition / Graeme T. Clark
    Use of fit-for-purpose quality requirements in bioanalysis / Wenying Jian, Richard W. Edom & Naidong Weng
    Incurred sample reanalysis evaluation and impact on drug preclinical and clinical development / Stephanie Pasas-Farmer & Zhongping (John) Lin
    Tissue analysis and tissue imaging / Stacy Ho
    Bioanalysis supporting disease biomarker discovery and validation / Ian A. Blair
    Bioanalysis of biomarkers in support of drug discovery and development / Dieter M. Drexler, Timothy V. Olah, Michael D. Reily, Petia A. Shipkova, Holly D. Soares & Adrienne A. Tymiak
    MS-based protein quantification in a discovery setting / John T. Mehl, Joanna J. Zheng & Timothy V. Olah
    MS-based protein quantitation in regulated drug development / Diego F. Cortes, William Mylott & Rand Jenkins.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Print
    edited by Ann Taket and Beth R. Crisp.
    Summary: While promoting access to resources and systems of support for those affected by gender based violence is absolutely crucial, this new book focuses attention on the important question of how communities can take action to prevent violence and abuse. Using examples of current research and practice, the book explores the actions that can be taken in individual sectors of society, our schools, faith communities, campuses, on our streets and using new popular technologies. The contributors draw on global examples to highlight the importance of learning from the study of the interaction between socio-political contexts and effective policies and strategies to address gender-based violence. Chapters take up the challenge of exploring the construction of effective programmes that address cognitive, affective and behavioural domains. They discuss what people know, how they feel and how they behave, and include the important challenge of how to engage men in working towards the elimination of gender-based violence, offering positive messages which build on men's values and predisposition to act in a positive manner. Importantly, such strategies place the responsibility for preventing gender-based violence on the society as a whole rather than on vulnerable individuals. This book is essential reading for anyone interested in gender studies, women's studies, social work, sociology, law and health studies. Its unique approach focuses on the achievement of prevention at the earliest possible stage and examines the issue through a society wide, but community-focused lens. Book jacket.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Framing the issues / Ann Taket and Beth R Crisp
    Working with parents and young families / Laura Coady, Ann Taket and Beth R Crisp
    Respectful relationships education : a case study of working in schools / Debbie Ollis and Suzanne Dyson
    Meeting adolescents "where they're at" : the use of technology to prevent violence and abuse in adolescent romantic relationships / Erica Bowen and Emma Sobring
    Violence and abuse in young people's intimate relationships : interface of gender, prevalence, impact and implications for prevention / Christine Barter
    Campus safety project : strategies, recommendations and obstacles in addressing gender-based violence on campuses / Clara Porter and Cathy Plourde
    Prevention, resistance, recovery, revolution : feminist empowerment self defence / Lynne Marie Wanamaker
    Engaging bystanders in violence prevention / Ann Taket and Cathy Plourde
    Faith communities as a setting for the prevention of gender-based violence / Beth R Crisp
    The potential contribution of health and social care professional practice to primary prevention / Ann Taket and Beth R Crisp
    Asset-based approaches for preventing gender-based violence in the workplace / Beth R Crisp and Ann Taket
    Power, progress and pink pussy hats : rising resistance / Ann Taket and Beth R Crisp.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Poonam Khetrapal Singh, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the historical context, country experience, and best practices that led to eliminating infectious diseases from the WHOs South-East Asia Region, such as malaria, lymphatic filariasis, yaws, trachoma, and mother-to-child HIV in the mid-twentieth and twenty-first century. The UN Sustainable Development Goals (3.3) targets to end AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, and neglected tropical diseases and combat hepatitis, water-borne diseases and other communicable diseases by 2030. In this context, this book is of high significance to countries from the SEA region and around the globe. It helps create national strategies and action plans on infectious disease elimination and thus attaining SDG 3.3.

    Contents:
    Introduction: A historic paradigm shift in communicable diseases in South-East Asia: from control to elimination
    Thailand: Elimination of mother-to-child HIV transmission
    Yaws: freeing young children in India from an old scourge
    Maldives: a long battle to banish malaria
    Unburdening the poor: elimination of lymphatic filariasis in Maldives
    Sri Lanka: long battle to eliminate malaria
    Lymphatic filariasis elimination in Sri Lanka: overcoming the odds
    Elimination of lymphatic filariasis in Thailand: a model for best practices
    Trachoma elimination in Nepal: bringing light, preventing darkness
    South-East Asia Region marches ahead on elimination of mother-to-child transmission of HIV and syphilis: Sri Lanka becomes the third country in the SE Asia Region to be validated
    Leveraging health system gains towards eliminating mother-to-child transmission (EMTCT) of HIV and syphilis: How Maldives became the second country in WHO South-East Asia Region to achieve this feat
    Leprosy: accelerating towards a leprosy-free world.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    E. Gaylon McCollough, MD, FACS, Founder and Chief Operational Officer, McCollough Plastic Surgery Clinic, the McCollough Institute for Appearance & Health, Gulf Shores, Alabama, USA.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    John D. Kelly IV, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Overhead Athlete
    Pathophysiology of Throwing Injuries.- Prevention of Labral and Rotator Cuff Injuries in the Overhead Athlete
    Keys to Successful Labral Repair
    Indications and Techniques for Posterior Capsule Release.- Throwing Acquired Anterior Rotator Interval Pathology
    Part II: Instability
    Evaluation of Bone Loss and the Glenoid Track
    Management of Capsular Laxity
    Remplissage: Technique and Results
    Arthroscopic Latarjet
    Posterior Instability
    Part III: Glenohumeral Arthritis
    Pearls for Through Debridement, Capsular Release, and the Role of Microfracture.- The Comprehensive Arthroscopic Management (CAM) Procedure for Young Patients with Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
    Graft Interposition Arthroplasty
    Adhesive Capsulitis: Diagnosis, Etiology and Treatment Strategies
    Part IV: Rotator Cuff
    Ultrasound in Rotator Cuff Evaluation
    Indications for Repair: Who Really Needs Surgery?- Biologic Augmentation of Rotator Cuff Repair Repair.- Indications and Technique for Double Row Fixation.- Retracted Subscapularis Tears.- ont-family: 'Times New Roman', serif; font-size: 10pt;">Arthroscopic Repair of Massive Retracted Rotator Cuff Tears.- The Use of Graft Augmentation in the Treatment of Massive Rotator Cuff Tears.- Suprascapular Nerve Release: General Principles.- Spinoglenoid Ligament Release.- Part V: Post Op Care.- Maximizing Return to Activity Post Cuff and Instability Surgery.- When is the Patient Truly ?Ready to Return?, a.k.a. Kinetic Chain Homeostasis. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Gregory S. Thomas, L. Samuel Wann, and Myrvin H. Ellestad.
    Summary: The 6th edition of the textbook Ellestad's Stress Testing: Principles and Practice was written for the new and veteran clinician alike performing stress testing. Thoroughly updated, referenced and interspersed with case examples, the book reviews how to get the most out exercise testing, without and with ancillary imaging. In addition to evaluation of ST segment depression, other powerful tools to detect ischemia and forecast the future are reviewed to increase the diagnostic accuracy and prognostic ability of exercise testing. The recognition and significance of exercise induced arrhythmias and conduction defects are examined. When to convert to pharmacologic stress or add ancillary imaging, including myocardial perfusion imaging, echocardiography, coronary calcium scoring, and magnetic reference imaging are reviewed. The use of stress testing in the management of obstructive and non-obstructive coronary artery disease (CAD), heart failure, cardiac rehabilitation, peripheral vascular disease, congenital heart and other cardiovascular diseases (CVD) is examined. Options to optimize the diagnostic capabilities of exercise and other diagnostic testing for women are highlighted. Strategic use of exercise testing in the face of a decreasing burden of CAD in the developed world, as well as the opportunity to rely on exercise testing as the first test to evaluate CVD in the developing world, are reviewed. The fundamentals of exercise physiology and myocardial ischemia that serve as the foundation for exercise testing in health and disease are explained.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Print
    Brittney Cooper.
    Summary: Far too often, Black women's anger has been caricatured into an ugly and destructive force that threatens the civility and social fabric of American democracy. But Cooper shows us that there is more to the story than that. Black women's eloquent rage is what makes Serena Williams such a powerful tennis player. It's what makes Beyoncé's girl power anthems resonate so hard. It's what makes Michelle Obama an icon. Eloquent rage keeps us all honest and accountable. It reminds women that they don't have to settle for less. In the Black feminist tradition of Audre Lorde, Brittney Cooper reminds us that anger is a powerful source of energy that can give us the strength to keep on fighting. -- Back cover.

    Contents:
    The Problem With Sass
    Capital B, Capital F
    Strong Female Leads
    The Smartest Man I Never Knew
    Bag Lady
    Grown-Woman Theology
    Orchestrated Fury
    White-Girl Tears
    Never Scared
    Love in a Hopeless Place
    Favor Ain't Fair
    Joy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HQ1413.C67 C67 2019
    1
  • Print
    compiled by A.F. Dorian.
    Contents:
    pt. A. General medicine
    pt. B. Anatomy
    pt. C. Biology, genetics and biochemistry
    pt. D. Therapeutic substances.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R121 .D72
    4
  • Digital
    [edited by] S. Jean Herriot Emans, Marc R. Laufer, Amy Desrochers DiVasta.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Pascal Chabrot, Louis Boyer.
    Summary: Innovations in catheterization techniques and embolization agents have considerably contributed to the development of endovascular occlusion techniques in arterial and venous trunks as much as distal parenchymal capillar beds. Mini invasive therapies, endovascular embolization and chemo-embolization now constitute valuable therapeutic alternatives in various fields: on a purely palliative or on a curative basis in oncology, but also in traumatology, functional diseases, and for the treatment of benign tumors, or when dealing with post-operative complications. As in-depth and detailed descriptions of these techniques are all ready available in specialized books, our ambition is to provide a basic handbook for the young vascular radiologists in training and a checklist for the more experienced interventional radiologists, by providing for each of the constantly increasing indications a synthetic approach of the technique and its expected results. The first part of this book relates to the tool box (the materials) and the procedure techniques as well as the physiopathological requirements for carrying out embolization; the second part is an analytical description of the main situations and anatomo-clinical strategies. This handy book should to be a valuable memory aid for clinicians and interventional radiologists, readily available in the multidisciplinary staff rooms and in angiography suites.

    Contents:
    1. The Tool Box: Catheterization Devices and Embolization Agents
    2. Vascular Occlusions and Parenchymal Embolizations: Principles
    3. Hemorrhages of the ENT Area
    4. Massive Hemoptysis: Radiological Management
    5. Embolization of the Pulmonary Artery
    6. Hepatic Artery Embolization
    7. Chemoembolizations and Hepatic Intra Arterial Chemotherapies
    8. Portal Vein Embolization
    9. Splenic Arterial Embolization
    10. Gastro Intestinal Tract Arterial Haemorrhages
    11. True and false Aneurysms of Visceral and Renal Arteries
    12. Hypogastric Arteries: Aneurysms, Occlusions Before Stent-Grafting
    13. Renal Arterial Embolizations
    14. Anticoagulant Related Hematomas
    15. Embolization of Varicoceles
    16. Embolization of the Internal Pudendal Arteries for High Flow Priapism
    17. Embolization of Endoleaks Ater Endovascular Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms Repair (EVAR)
    18. Post Partum Haemorrhages
    19. Uterine Fibroid Embolization (UFE)
    20. Pelvi-Perineal Venous Insufficiency
    21. Embolizations of Abdominal and Pelvic Traumas
    22. Traumatisms of the Limbs
    23. Management of Vascular Malformations
    24. Miscellaneous/Marginal/Evolving Indications (Other Abdomino-Pelvic Tumors, Portal Hypertension Related Varicose Veins, Osteoarticular Pathologies).
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Marcelo Guimaraes, Riccardo Lencioni, Gary P. Siskin.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Joachim P. Sturmberg, editor.
    Summary: This detailed volume illustrates the transformative nature of systems and complexity sciences for practice, research, education, and health system organization. Researchers highlight the fresh perspectives and novel approaches offered by these interdisciplinary fields in addressing the complexities of global, national, and community health challenges in the 21st century. With the implications that these emerging fields hold for health still relatively underexplored, researchers from a wide variety of disciplines, including physiological, social, environmental, clinical, prevention, educational, organizational, finance, and policy domains, aim in this book to suggest future directions in health care and highlight recent advances in basic and clinical physiology, education, policy-making, and leadership. Among the topics discussed: • Impact of genomic heterogeneity on bio-emergent properties • Harnessing Big Data to improve health services • Decision-making of women in violent relationships • Co-producing healthcare interventions • A socio-ecological solution to physician burnout Embracing Complexity in Health: The Transformation of Science, Practice, and Policy is a highly relevant resource to practitioners in the field, students, instructors, and policy makers, and also should find an engaged audience among health and disease researchers, healthcare planners, health system financiers, health system administrators, health services administrators, health professional educators, and other health professionals. The trans- and interdisciplinary natures of health and health care are fostering a broad discourse amongst all concerned with improving patient care in an equitable and sustainable way. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Part I Introduction: A Systems and Complexity Science Understanding of Health; If You Change the Way You Look at Things, Things You Look at Change. Max Planck's Challenge for Health, Health Care, and the Healthcare System; 1 Looking Differently: At Health, Dis-ease and Disease; 1.1 Most People Are Healthy Most of the Time; 1.2 Dis-ease Versus Disease Versus Health; 1.3 The Cause of Disease; 1.3.1 The Fallacy of `Macroscopic Causation'; 1.3.2 The Emergence of a Network Physiological Understanding of Health and Disease 1.4 Disease: An Outcome of Mal-/Adaptive Regulatory Feedback1.4.1 Genome Regulation; 1.4.2 Autonomous Nervous System and HPA-Axis Regulation; 1.4.3 Mitochondrial Regulation; 1.5 Diseases as Phenotypes; 1.6 Health, Dis-ease and Disease: A `Whole of Person' Phenomenon; 1.7 Detecting Physiological Dysregulation; 1.7.1 Biomarkers of Physiological Dysregulation Have Limited Application in Clinical Practice; 1.8 … Your Appreciation of Health, Dis-ease and Disease Changes; 2 Looking Differently: At Healthcare Delivery; 2.1 Health Care: Is That Really What We Do? 2.1.1 Shifting of the-Mental-Mind Frame2.1.2 In Essence Health Professionals Are Disease Managers; 2.1.3 Disinterest in the Person with the Disease; 2.2 Disease Care at Work; 2.2.1 Communication: About Disease; 2.2.2 A Protocol-/Guideline-Driven Approach to Disease Management; 2.2.3 Disease Management Results in Wasting Scarce Resources; 2.3 Health Workforce Composition; 2.3.1 Evaluating Outcomes: Which Ones Count?; 2.4 … Your Appreciation of the Healthcare Delivery Changes; 3 Looking Differently: At the Healthcare System 3.1 The Disease Focus Diverts Attention and Resources Away from `Being Healthy' and `Staying Healthy'3.2 Reframing Our Metaphors: Achieving Health; 3.3 … Your Appreciation of the Healthcare System Changes; The Transformative Aspects of This Study;
    Appendix 1: Disease Definitions and Re-definitions;
    Appendix 2: Prevalence of Long-Term Conditions in the Australian National Health Survey;
    Appendix 3: Annas' Analysis of the Consequences of the Military and Market Metaphors on Health Care ch1:bib144; References; Fail Small, Fail Often: An Outsider's View of Physiologic Complexity; 1 Introduction 2 Complex Is Typical Not Normal3 But Why Multifractal?; 3.1 Some Results; 4 Control of Variability; 5 Discussion and Conclusions; The Transformative Aspects of This Study; References; Part II Physiology; A Puzzling Question: How Can Different Phenotypes Possibly Have Indistinguishable Disease Symptoms?; 1 Basic Mechanisms Allowing the Emergence of Life; 1.1 The Role of the Chemical Bond; 1.2 Phase Separation; 2 Emergent Processes in Disease; 2.1 Patterns of Ventilation Defects in Asthma; 2.2 Asthma Phenotypes; 3 One Symptom: Different Mechanisms?; 4 Conclusions
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Lars H. Wegner and Ulrich Lüttge.
    Summary: This book focuses on modules and emergence with self-organization in the life sciences. As Aristotle observed so long ago, the whole is more than the sum of its parts. However, contemporary science is dominated by reductionist concepts and tends to neglect the non-reproducible features of complex systems, which emerge from the interaction of the smaller units they are composed of. The book is divided into three major parts; the essays in part A highlight the conceptual basis of emergence, linking it to the philosophy of science, systems biology and sustainability. This is subsequently exemplified in part B by applying the concept of emergence to various biological disciplines, such as genetics, developmental biology, neurobiology, plant physiology and ecology. New aspects of emergence come into play when biology meets the technical sciences, as revealed in a chapter on bionics. In turn, part C adopts a broader view, revealing how the organization of life follows a hierarchical order in terms of scalar dimensions, ranging from the molecular level to the entire biosphere. The idea that life is primarily and exclusively shaped by processes at the molecular level (and, in particular, by the information encoded in the genome) is refuted; rather, there is no hierarchy with respect to the level of causation in the cross-talk between the levels. In the last two chapters, the evolutionary trend toward ever-increasing complexity in living systems is interpreted in terms of the Gaia hypothesis sensu Lovelock: the entire biosphere is viewed as a functional unit (or 'holobiont-like system') organized to develop and sustain life on Earth.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; The Basics; Is There Anything New Under the Sun?; Introduction; Instabilities as the Ontological Core of Emergence: Novelty, Processuality, Internality; Nothing New Under the Sun and the Disregard of Instability; Acknowledging Instabilities; Novelty, Processuality, and Internality; Types of Instabilities; Watersheds-and the Static Instability; Chaos-and the Dynamical Instability; Criticalities and Bifurcations-the Structural Instability; Limits of Physical Sciences?-Methodological and Epistemological Issues Biomimetic Façade Shading SystemsBio-inspired Sustainability (Assessment); Discussion and Perspectives; References; Roots of Complexity in the Self-referential Genetic Code; References; Brains Emerging: On Modularity and Self-organisation of Neural Development In Vivo and In Vitro; Introduction: Biologic Determinism Revisited; Modules Governing Normal Development; Cells Forming Spheres; From Hollow Spheres to Planar Tissues; The Epithelium, the Most Basic Tissue; Brain and Eyes Emerging from the Body Surface Epithelium; Neural Tube Evagination, Invagination and Widening to Form an Eye From Modules to Emergent Holistic Properties in Living OrganismsModularity Versus Emergence: How to Cope with Complexity in Whole-Plant Physiology?; Introduction; Modularity and Emergence: General Remarks; Modularity and Emergence in Plant Biology; Synthesis; Redundancy; Implications for Future Basic and Applied Research in the Plant Sciences; References; Emergence in Biomimetic Materials Systems; Introduction; Biomimetic Materials Systems; Emergence in Biomimetic Materials Systems; Selected Examples for Emergence in Biomimetics; Biomimetic Composite Materials; Biomimetic Micro-laminates Limits with Respect to Reproducibility and ExperimentationObstacles to Predictability and Calculability; Boundaries of Testability and Confirmability; Limitations of Describability and Reductive Explainability; Critique of Standard Concepts of the Philosophy of Science; Science in an Unstable World; History of Science: Perceiving Instability, Imposing Stability; The Qualitative: Complexity Characteristics at the Center of Testability; Towards a Novel Kind of Calculability and Testability; Modeling Turn; Decisions ex ante and Underlying Knowledge Interests; Summary; References Modular Organization and Emergence in Systems BiologyReferences; The Emergence of Sustainability; Introduction; Emergence: Three Sustainability Facets in Response to the Planetary Crisis; Sustainability as Policy; Sustainability as Moral Value; Sustainability as Science; Submergence: System Dismantling; Crisis of Conservation Science; Crisis of Environmentalism and of Development; Convergence: Consolidating Sustainability and Moving to the Next Level; Sustainability as Utopia; Gaia: The Next Level?; Concluding Remarks: The Ticking Clock; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jana Söderlund.
    Summary: This book addresses the emergence of biophilic design, a form of design that looks at peoples intrinsic connection with nature. There is no denying that biophilic design is rapidly expanding globally as an effective response to pressing issues in urban areas and built environments. From being a term few had heard of in 2012, when the authors research began, to one that is currently trending in a broad range of disciplines, the story of its emergence has never been properly told. The story of the emergence of biophilic design is the story of a social movement and how a gathering of people with a common interest and passion can spark a global trend. The book and the stories within are not only engaging but also informative and educational, offering readers an in-depth understanding of what biophilic design is all about, and how to promote its implementation in their own built environment. Hopefully, they will inspire people to act, to campaign and to implement initiatives in their urban environment, with the confidence that they are capable of making a difference. The author spent three years researching the emergence of biophilic design, and why and how it was driven by certain people who championed the concept. Part of the authors research involved a three-month tour of ten North American cities, during which she interviewed 26 key players. These people ranged from community leaders, landscape architects, and academics, to the CEOs of NGOs and government leaders. The result is a collection of stories that illustrate the evolution of biophilic design, and how it was frequently born from a passion for, belief in and love of nature, as well as a response to an urban crisis.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The emergence of a new social movement: Biophilic design
    Chapter 2. The rationale for biophilic design
    Chapter 3. Biophilic design: The stories of the pioneers of the social movement
    Chapter 4. How the biophilic design social movement informs planning and policy
    Chapter 5. Living green wall trials in a hot dry city climate
    Chapter 6. The progression of biophilic design
    Bibliography
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by Piers Page, Asif Shah, Greg Skinner, Alan Weir, Natasha Eagles.
    Summary: Emergencies in Clinical Medicine is an intuitive guide to handling common medical emergencies. It explains how to reach a differential diagnosis and how to prevent, manage, or treat emergencies. With quick reference algorithms and symbols indicating severity, this accessible, portable text will help clinical staff manage acutely ill patients.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Print
    Mamta Bhushan Singh, Rohit Bhatia, editors.
    Summary: This is the second edition (in two volumes) of a well-received book that reflects current practices in the management of neurological emergencies. It was written bearing in mind the needs of first-contact physicians, who may be neurology trainees, neurology consultants, or interns. Special attention has been paid to various aspects of managing patients at the emergency department, from taking a good clinical history, to completing a quick and focused clinical examination, to investigating and commencing treatment. Neurological emergencies are unique in that they appear abruptly, generally follow a volatile course, and require a prompt yet balanced response. The management of neurological emergencies has been a major challenge in the past, and today, early and aggressive approaches are generally recommended. Exploring these and other aspects, the book offers a valuable asset for all practitioners seeking answers to the questions that inevitably arise while attempting to manage such critical situations.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Elio Agostoni, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Glossary
    Part I. Neuromuscular Disease: Recent Progress in Diagnosis and Therapy
    Neuromuscular Disease: An Overview
    Tetanus
    Guillain-Barré Syndrome
    Porphyria
    Vasculitis
    Myasthenia Gravis
    Botulism
    Malignant Hyperthermia
    Rhabdomyolysis
    Periodic Paralysis.-Part II. Case Studies
    Case Study: Atypical GBS
    Part III. Differentiated Decisional Algorithms
    Differentiated Decisional Algorithms Based on the Technical and Organizational Characteristics of the Hospital Receiving the Clinical Case.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Maxwell Damian, Marianne de Visser, editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive book addresses the acute emergencies in neuromuscular disease from a novel perspective, focusing on clinical management and treatment of these disorders rather than the more traditional neuropathology, neurogenetics, and neurophysiology approaches. The book fills the gap in guidelines by providing an evidence-based guidance for the clinical adult or pediatric neurologist confronted by an acutely ill patient in a potentially life-threatening situation. The book is structured according to pathophysiological principles, but each chapter is strictly organised around case vignettes that emphasize clinical relevance allowing the non-specialist to access complex scientific backgrounds. The electronic supplementary material and multimedia are provided as an integral tool to facilitate accessibility and understanding of a notoriously difficult field of neurology. Finally, the role of patients, who are increasingly involved in many management decisions, is highlighted in a chapter on ethical issues discussing withholding or withdrawing life-sustaining therapy, patient end-of-life values, wishes and preferences, and on advanced directives. The publication is aimed equally at the non-specialist neurologist in frontline clinical practice confronted by a rare disorder needing immediate management decisions, at the clinical specialist referring for guidance in specific management aspects, and at the specialist researcher keen to maintain clinic relevance.

    Contents:
    Recognition and Assessment of the Neuromuscular Emergency
    Diagnostic Tests in the Acute Setting: Strengths and Limitations
    Respiratory Management in Acute Neuromuscular Disease
    Management of Respiratory Emergencies in Chronic Neuromuscular Disease
    Weaning from the Ventilator and Long-Term Respiratory Support
    Emergencies in Motor Neuron Diseases
    Emergencies in Peripheral Neuropathies
    Infectious Diseases of the Peripheral Nerve and Spinal Cord
    The Acute and Emergency Management of Neuromuscular Junction Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Stergios K. Doumouchtsis, Professor Sir S. Arulkumaran.
    Summary: The second edition of Emergencies in Obstetrics and Gynaecology provides a practical and accessible guide to all emergency situations encountered in obstetrics and gynaecology, from the immediately life-threatening to the smaller but urgent problems that may arise. Designed around the symptoms and signs with which the patient presents to the hospital, this handbook explains how to arrive at a differential diagnosis and how to prevent, manage, or treat an emergency. The 'Obstetric emergencies' section covers topics from early pregnancy through to post-delivery complications, whilst the 'Gynaecologic emergencies' section addresses those issues that could potentially pose a threat to a women's fertility or even her life. Addressing new topics on issues that have become more prevalent, such as substance misuse in pregnancy, and violence against women and children, the second edition of Emergencies in Obstetrics and Gynaecology is an essential read. A new topic on 'preoperative assessment' outlines how to manage consent, the risks, benefits, and what the patient should expect. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    PART 1: OBSTETRICS
    1. Pregnancy changes and early pregnancy complications, Kevin Hayes, S. Arulkumaran, Christina Coroyannakis, Edwin Chandraharan
    2. Medical emergencies in pregnancy, Stergios Doumouchtsis, Aris Papageorghiou, Ingrid Watt-Coote, Onnig Tamizian, Sambit Mukhopadhyay
    3. Obstetric complications, Onnig Tamizian, Hassan Shehata, Mishkat Shehata, Vishalli Ghai, Christina Coroyannakis, Edwin Chandraharan, Claire Hordern, Sambit Mukhopadhyay
    4. Concerns for the fetus and surveillance, Amar Bhide, Deepika Deshpande
    5. Interpartum procedures and complications, Hilary Turnbull, Sambit Mukhopadhyay, Stergios Doumouchtsis, K. Nikolopoulos, E. Chrysanthopoulou, D. Vinayagam, Christiana Nygaard, Renata Wendler, Frank Schroeder
    6. Post-delivery procedures and complications, Stergios Doumouchtsis, G. Iancu, D. Vinayagam, M. Basu, Christiana Nygaard, Justin Richards
    7. Sepsis in pregnancy, Stergios Doumouchtsis, Austin Ugwumadu
    8. Complications associated with complex psychological needs, Joanna Becares Doumouchtsi, Jonathan Dominguez- Hernandez
    9. Miscellaneous topics in obstetrics, Olujimi Jibodu, Leonie Penna, Austin Ugwumadu, K Rege, Sambit Mukhopadhyay, Paul Simpson
    PART 2: GYNAECOLOGY
    10. Abnormal menses and bleeding, Tahir Mahmood
    11. Chronic and acute abdominal pain, Stergios Doumouchtsis
    12. Intra-operative emergencies, Vikram Talaulikar, S. Arulkumaran
    13. Postoperative complications, Vikram Talaulikar, Stergios Doumouchtsis, Christiana Nygaard, G. Iancu
    14. Ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, Kamal Ojha
    15. Contraception and termination of pregnancy, Sheila Radakrishnan, Kamal Ojha
    16. Vaginal discharge, Kamal Ojha
    17. Vulval problems, David Nunns
    18. Miscellaneous topics in gynaecology, Stergios Doumouchtsis, M. Basu, Claudine Domoney, Sambit Mukhopadhyay
    19. Diagnostic laparoscopy & emergencies following laparoscopic surgery, Hugh Byrne
    20. General issues in obstetrics and gynaecology, K Rege, Hannah Sims, Eddie Morris, Stergios Doumouchtsis.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Bipasha Mukherjee, Hunter Yuen, editors.
    Summary: This handbook on orbital, lacrimal and eyelid emergencies deals with such situations in a practical manner guiding the ophthalmologists in accurate handling and making them more proficient and confident in managing vision and life-threatening emergencies. With 51 chapters and more than 150 images, this book covers all the eye emergencies that generalist and specialist ophthalmologists can expect to come across in their day to day practices. It can be argued that the orbit can no more be called 'Pandora's Box' because of the unpredictable nature of its contents. This perception has changed over the years due to the advent of improved diagnostic, in particular, imaging techniques. However, since medical residency provides very little exposure to orbital and adnexal disorders, most clinicians are inexperienced and unsure about their management. Facing an emergency situation where improper management can rapidly worsen the condition leading to blindness or even death of the patient is every ophthalmologist's nightmare. The emergent nature of these conditions does not always provide for a leeway to refer these patients to an orbit and oculoplasty specialist, who are few and far between. By the time the patient reaches his destination, his vision maybe irrevocably lost. The legal implications of such mismanagement can be significant too. This book is a quick and essential resource to manage and refer eye emergencies with confidence. .

    Contents:
    Systemic management in Orbital & Adnexal Emergencies
    Globe Rupture
    Subluxated Globes
    Exposure keratopathy due to absent or avulsed eyelids
    Periocular and adnexal injuries due to animal bites
    Chemical and thermal Injuries
    Endophthalmitis
    Eyelid trauma: general considerations
    Investigation of eyelid and lacrimal injuries
    Management of eyelid injuries
    Management of lacrimal system trauma
    Orbital Trauma: Mechanisms and investigations
    Types and management of orbital fractures
    Organic foreign bodies
    Inorganic foreign bodies
    Traumatic optic neuropathy
    Retro-bulbar hemorrhage: Etiology, pathogenesis, epidemiology and clinical perspectives
    Orbital compartment syndromes
    Orbital emphysema
    Iatrogenic visual loss after orbital and eyelid surgery
    General considerations and investigations for inflammatory orbital and eyelid disease.-Management of fulminant thyroid eye disease
    Orbital apex inflammation
    Pyoderma gangrenosum
    Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis and other muco-cutaneous syndromes
    Idiopathic orbital inflammatory disease
    Management of dysthyroid optic neuropathy
    Management of severe exposure keratopathy
    Acute medical management of non-thyroid orbital and eyelid inflammation
    Acute surgical management of non-thyroid orbital and lid inflammation
    General approach and algorithm for managing acute infections of the orbit and eyelid
    Diagnosis and treatment bacterial infections of the orbit
    Viral and fungal infections of the orbit
    Life-threatening infections
    Fulminant streptococcal infections and necrotizing fasciitis
    Viral Keratitis
    Dacryoadenitis
    Dacryocystitis
    Canaliculitis and Intracanalicular foreign bodies
    General approach and algorithm for managing emergent neoplasms of the orbit and adnexa
    Primary orbital malignancies
    Secondary and metastatic tumors of the orbit
    Malignant transformation in benign orbital diseases
    Sebaceous gland carcinoma
    Squamous cell carcinoma
    Melanoma
    Merkel cell carcinoma (Cutaneous neuroendocrine carcinoma)
    Acute presentation of vascular lesions in the orbit
    Exposure keratopathy due to facial nerve palsy
    Complications of Botulinum toxin and facial fillers
    Iatrogenic orbital injury associated with adnexal intervention.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kate Curtis (editor) ; Clair Ramsden (editor) ; Ramon Z. Shaban (editor) ; Julie Considine (editor) ; Margaret Fry (editor).
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    Abhishek Agrawal, Gavin Britz, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide answers commonly asked questions about neurosurgical conditions related to brain and spinal cord. Emergency Approaches to Neurosurgical Conditions fills the gap which arises after a diagnosis is made on the loved one, explaining the basics of neurosurgical diseases and their management. Emergency Approaches to Neurosurgical Conditions concentrates on the brain and spine, both in surgery and radiotherapy, as well as congenital and accident-related conditions. This comprehensive book which is part of a book-set including Comprehensive Guide to Neurosurgical Conditions, informs the reader on various symptoms to look for, and helps with the management of brain and spine surgery in chapters written by reputed neurosurgeons to help the physicians, the patients and their families.

    Contents:
    1. Non Malignant Brain Tumors
    2. Malignant Brain Tumors
    3. Pituitary Tumors
    4. Pediatric Brain Tumors
    5. Congenital Neurosurgical Problems.- 6. Hydrocephalus
    7. Chiari Syndrome
    8. Brain Aneurysms
    9. Brain Arteriovenous Malformations
    10. Moya Moya Disease
    11. Medical Management of a Stroke
    12. Neuro-Interventional Management of a Stroke
    13. Symptoms and Signs to Look for After a Spinal Cord surgery
    14. Evaltuation of Spinal Alignment
    15. Herniated Discs of the Spine
    16. Spinal Fusions
    17. Spinal Tumors
    18. Epilepsy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Jesse M. Pines, Jameel Abualenain, James Scott, Robert Shesser.
    Contents:
    The emergency care system in the U.S. / Jesse M. Pines and Jameel Abualenain
    Ten common misconceptions about emergency department care / Dana Kindermann and Robert Shesser
    International perspectives on emergency care / Jameel Abualenain, Drew Richardson, David Mountain, Samuel Vaillancourt, Michael Schull, Phillip Anderson, Eric Revue, Brijal Patel, Ali Pourmand, Hamid Shokoohi, Shingo Hori, Lit-Sin Quek, and Suzanne Mason
    Human factors in emergency care / Raj M. Ratwani, A. Zach Hettinger, and Rollin J. Fairbanks
    Information technology in emergency care / Adam Landman and E. Gregory Marchand
    Telehealth and acute care / Sara Paradise, Michael Shu, and Neal Sikka
    Simulation in emergency care / Claudia Ranniger, Keith E. Littlewood
    Emergency care workforce projections / James Scott, Rachelle Pierre-Mathew, and Drew Maurano
    U.S. emergency and disaster response in the past, present, and future : the multi-faceted role of emergency healthcare / Joseph A. Barbera and Anthony G. MacIntyre
    Emergency public health / Rebecca Katz, Anthony MacIntyre, and Joseph Barbera
    The role of the emergency department in care coordination / Emily R. Carrier
    Payment reform in emergency care / Janice Blanchard, Stephanie Donald, and Nathan Seth Trueger
    The legal framework for hospital emergency care / Sara Rosenbaum
    The future of emergency care / Robert Shesser and Dana Kindermann.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Tae Jung Kim, Kyung Hee Lee, Yeon Hyeon Choe, Kyung Soo Lee.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, comprehensive review of every aspect of emergency chest radiology in patients who are admitted to emergency departments with chest trauma or chest pain. The aim is to offer an unsurpassed source of practical information on imaging diagnosis of acutely ill and injured patients with this symptomatology. To this end, the wide spectrum of chest and cardiovascular emergencies are systematically categorized and typical imaging manifestations of these emergent conditions are illustrated in superb detail, with particular attention to the role of state of the art imaging techniques. The book will be an ideal resource for all members of the emergency team, general and emergency radiologists, radiology residents, and medical students.

    Contents:
    Traumatic lung injury
    Traumatic airway injury
    Diaphragmatic Injuries
    Traumatic skeletal injuries
    Traumatic and non-traumatic esophageal emergency
    Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging evaluation of acute aortic diseases
    Evaluation of acute cardiac diseases with computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging
    Pulmonary Infection (Pneumonia)
    Mediastinal and spinal infection
    Pulmonary embolism
    Non-Infectious Pulmonary Emergency
    Postoperative Emergency
    Pleural diseases
    Foreign bodies in the thorax
    Contrast extravasation on chest CT.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ashis Banerjee.
    Summary: This book is a rapid reference guide for all levels of medical staff working in emergency and acute care settings, but may also benefit nursing professionals and medical students. In this book, the readers will find diagnostic checklists, organised according to potential emergency presentations and classified under body systems, including atypical presentations, lists of differential diagnoses and guidance to pattern recognition. The book aims to help the reader achieve the correct diagnosis in an emergency setting, which continues to remain a challenge, given the variety of potential clinical presentations. Diagnostic failure is the largest reason for delays in provision of appropriate treatment and the largest source of clinical complaints and untoward incidents.

    Contents:
    1. Cardiovascular emergencies
    2. Respiratory emergencies
    3. Musculoskeletal emergencies
    4. Metabolic and endocrine emergencies
    5. Dermatological emergencies
    6. Ocular emergencies
    7. ENT and maxillofacial emergencies
    8. Gynaecological emergencies
    9. Neurological and psychiatric emergencies
    10. Toxicological emergencies
    11. Emergencies in the elderly
    12. Gastrointestinal emergencies
    13. Renal and urological emergencies
    14. Haematological and oncological emergencies
    15. Infectious disease emergencies
    16. Paediatric emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Joseph R. Shiber, editor ; Scott D. Weingart, consulting editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive book provides practical guidance on the care of the critical patient in the emergency department. It focuses on the ED physician or provider working in a community hospital where, absent the consulting specialists found in a large academic center, the provider must evaluate and stabilize critically ill and injured patients alone. Structured in an easily accessible format, chapters present fundamental information in tables, bullet points, and flow diagrams. Emergency medicine scenarios covered across 38 chapters include acute respiratory failure, spinal cord Injuries, seizures and status epilepticus, care of the newborn, and end-of-life care. Written by experts in the field, Emergency Department Critical Care is an essential resource for practicing emergency physicians and trainees, internists and family physicians, advance practice nurses, and physicians assistants who provide care in emergency departments and urgent care centers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Shock Overview
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology and Monitoring
    Classification of Shock
    Hypovolemic Shock
    Obstructive Shock
    Cardiogenic Shock
    Distributive Shock
    Clinical Assessment
    Physical Examination
    Diagnostic Testing
    Initial Stabilization
    Intravascular Volume Resuscitation
    Types of Fluid
    Goals for Fluid Resuscitation
    CVP
    Fluid Responsiveness
    Blood Products
    Nonhemorrhagic Shock
    Vasopressors
    Cardiogenic Shock
    Septic Shock
    Airway Management
    Protocol-Directed Therapy Mask Ventilation
    Oropharyngeal Airway
    Nasopharyngeal Airway
    Direct Laryngoscopy
    Bougie Stylet
    Video Laryngoscopy
    Glidescope
    McGrath
    C-MAC
    Fiberoptic Intubation
    Supraglottic Airway Devices
    Laryngeal Mask Airway
    Laryngeal Mask Airway-Fastrach
    i-gel
    Air-Q
    Combitube
    King Laryngeal Tube
    Surgical Airway
    Needle Cricothyrotomy
    Surgical Cricothyrotomy
    Endotracheal Tube Exchange
    Conclusions
    References
    3: Acute Respiratory Failure
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology
    Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure
    Hypercapnic Respiratory Failure Patient Presentation
    Diagnostics
    Initial Stabilization and Treatment
    Ventilatory Failure from COPD or Asthma
    Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure
    Respiratory Failure Secondary to Shock
    References
    4: Noninvasive and Mechanical Ventilation
    Introduction
    Physiologic Changes Due to Positive- Pressure Ventilation (PPV)
    Indications for NIPPV
    Indications for Invasive PPV
    Oxygenation
    Ventilation
    Airway Protection
    Anticipated Clinical Course
    Ventilator Parameters and Modes
    Parameters
    Control
    Trigger
    Cycle
    Limit
    Modes Continuous Mandatory Ventilation (CMV) and Assist Control (AC)
    Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation (IMV) and Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation (SIMV)
    Pressure Support Ventilation (PSV)
    Airway Pressure Release Ventilation (APRV)
    Dual-Mode Ventilation
    Initial Ventilator Settings
    Specific Clinical Situations and Ventilator Considerations
    Airway Protection
    Severe Hypoxemia and ARD (See Chap. 6 for Additional Discussion on ARDS)
    Obstructive Lung Disease and Auto-PEEP (See Chap. 6 for Additional Discussion on COPD)
    Troubleshooting the Ventilator
    Auto-PEEP
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joelle Borhart, editor.
    Summary: Obstetrical emergencies can be among the most stressful events an emergency physician will face in their entire career. The purpose of this book is to provide an evidence-based, practical approach to the wide spectrum of obstetric complications an emergency physician must be prepared to manage throughout all trimesters pregnancy as well as postpartum, including complications of assisted reproductive technology, bleeding, precipitous delivery and preterm labor. Clinical pearls and pitfalls are highlighted throughout. The approach to the pregnant patient with trauma, non-pregnancy-related abdominal pain, or in cardiac arrest is discussed. Updates in the classification and management of the hypertensive disorders of pregnancy are presented. Recent controversies surrounding the use of anti-emetics for first trimester nausea and vomiting and the use of a beta-hCG discriminatory zone for the evaluation of pregnancy of unknown location are also addressed. Obstetrical support services vary widely between different facilities, and Emergency Department Management of Obstetric Complications is written for emergency clinicians in all practice settings. This book provides useful information for daily practice as well as preparation for rarely encountered and potentially life-threatening events.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Shesser, Ali Pourmand, Amy Keim.
    Summary: Emergency Department Technicians (EDTs) play a vital role in actively supporting the medical team in today’s hospitals, and the role continues to expand in light of staffing shortages and increased emergency department volumes. The Emergency Department Technician Handbook is a reliable, comprehensive resource in this increasingly important field, filling a timely need in EDT workforce development for both technicians and educators. Concise, readable text, along with high-quality clinical photos and a video library that depict procedures and patient positioning, make this new handbook a must-have resource in every emergency department.

    Contents:
    The Role of the Hospital Emergency Department and the Specialty of Emergency Medicine
    Emergency Department Organization and Flow
    Medical Terminology
    Teamwork and Communication
    Initial Emergency Department Patient Assessment
    Triage
    Point-of-Care Testing
    The Electrocardiogram and Cardiac Monitoring
    Cardiologic Emergencies
    Respiratory System Emergencies
    Abdominal and Genitourinary Problems
    Endocrinologic Emergencies
    Ear, Nose, and Throat and Ophthalmologic Emergencies
    Stroke and Neurologic Emergencies
    Vascular Access
    Ultrasound-Guided IV Access
    Wound Management
    Musculoskeletal Injuries
    Orthopedic Immobilization Techniques
    The Major Trauma Patient
    Behavioral Health and Toxicologic Emergencies
    Medical Ethics, the Law, and Cultural Competency
    Patient Transport
    Pediatrics
    Documentation
    Disasters and Mass Casualty Events
    Infection Control in the Emergency Department
    Case Studies in Emergency Triage
    Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Emergency Department.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    edited by Bruce Jennings, Center for Humans and Nature & Yale University, John D. Arras, University of Virginia, Drue H. Barrett, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, Barbara A. Ellis, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta.
    Contents:
    Ethical aspects of public health emergency preparedness and response / Bruce Jennings and John D. Arras
    Justice, resource allocation, and emergency preparedness: issues regarding stockpiling / Norman Daniels
    Vulnerable populations in the context of public health emergency preparedness planning and response / Madison Powers
    Public engagement in emergency preparedness and response: ethical perspectives in public health practice / Ruth Gaare Berheim
    Professional, civic, and personal obligations in public health emergency planning and response / Angus Dawson
    Research in public health crisis: the integrative approach to managing the moral tensions / Alex John London.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Rifat Latifi, Fausto Catena, Federico Coccolini, editors.
    Summary: There is a growing need for a book on emergency general surgery in the elderly, as adults age 65 and older are the fastest growing segment of the population worldwide, and their number is expected to double to 89 million between now and 2050. Based on these changing demographics, it is expected that there will be a concurrent rise in the demand for a variety of surgical services, including vascular surgery (with a projected growth of 31%) and general surgery (with a projected growth of 18%), as well as in all sub-disciplines of surgery (thoracic, cardiac, oncology, hepatobiliary, transplant, plastic colorectal, orthopedic, gynecologic, urology and neurosurgery). In addition, older surgical patients often require a different level of care than younger patients during the preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative phases. Many of our geriatric population have multiple chronic illnesses beyond the one for which surgery is required, and therefore are prone to developing postoperative complications, functional decline, loss of independence, and other undesirable outcomes. In response, this book offers surgeons, geriatrists and nurses state-of-the-art surgical approaches and essential information on the complex perioperative care of the elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alexander B. Baxter.
    Contents:
    Introduction to emergency imaging
    Brain
    Head and neck
    Spine
    Chest
    Abdomen and pelvis
    Musculoskeletal
    Pediatrics.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Michael N. Patlas, Douglas S. Katz, Mariano Scaglione, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive and modern approach to the imaging of nontraumatic and traumatic emergencies in pregnant patients. Readers will find a careful review of the relevant imaging-related clinical literature, explanation of imaging appropriateness criteria and guidelines, and enlightening discussion of current controversies in the emergency imaging of obstetric patients. The opening chapter discusses general principles of emergency imaging during pregnancy and offers an overview of an evidence-based approach to imaging interpretation. The remainder of the book describes specific applications of ultrasound, MRI, radiography, and MDCT for the imaging of common as well as less common acute brain, spine, thoracic, abdominal, and pelvic conditions during pregnancy. Clear guidance is offered on the unique challenges that may be encountered during such imaging. Emergency Imaging of Pregnant Patients is written by a group of leading North American and European emergency and trauma radiology experts. It will be of value to emergency and general radiologists, to emergency department physicians and related personnel, to obstetricians and gynecologists, to general and trauma surgeons, and to trainees in all of these specialties.

    Contents:
    Emergency Imaging of Pregnant Patient: General Principles
    Imaging of Neurological Emergencies during Pregnancy
    Imaging of Thoracic and Cadiovascular Emergencies during Pregnancy
    Non
    traumatic Abdominal Emergencies in Pregnant Patients: Role of Ultrasound
    Non
    traumatic Abdominal Emergencies in Pregnant Patients: Role of Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Imaging of Non Obstetric Pelvic Emergencies
    Imaging of Abdominal and Pelvic Trauma in Pregnant Patients
    Imaging of Early Obstetric Emergencies
    Imaging of Late Obstetric Emergencies. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ferdinando Agresta, Mauro Podda, Fabio Cesare Campanile, Carlo Bergamini, Gabriele Anania, editors.
    Summary: The global population is aging rapidly, and as a result emergency abdominal surgery for acute abdomen in the elderly has become a global issue. Demographic changes in the population have also altered the profile of emergency abdominal surgery, with typical causes of acute abdomen in the elderly including acute cholecystitis, incarcerated hernia, bowel obstruction and appendicitis. In these patients, recovery from surgery is often complicated, leading to longer hospital stays compared with younger patients. Laparoscopy in the emergency setting is well established and offers a number of advantages over open surgical approaches, such as reduced postoperative pain, length of hospital stay and complication rates. While laparoscopic surgery for acute diverticulitis has become more widespread, in other conditions, like small bowel obstruction and perforated peptic ulcer, laparotomy is still used in about 70% of cases. Further, despite the urgent need for knowledge regarding surgical treatment of acute abdomen in the elderly, there is still a lack of evidence in this relevant clinical field. This book analyzes the management strategies and critically evaluates the outcomes of laparoscopic emergency surgery for acute abdomen in the elderly according to the principles of evidence-based medicine. Discussing each topic clearly, and promoting the use of emergency laparoscopy in elderly patients, the book is intended for young general surgeons and surgeons in training with at least a basic knowledge of surgery for acute abdomen. It is also useful as a quick reference tool during on-call shifts.

    Contents:
    Part 1
    How to Define an Elderly and Frail Patient ?
    1 Defining the Burden of Emergency General Surgery in the Elderly Today
    2 A Worldwide Overview of Emergency Laparoscopic Procedures in the Elderly
    3 The Economic Burden of Emergency Abdominal Surgery in the Elderly: What is the Role of Laparoscopy?
    4 Goals of Care in Emergency Abdominal Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    5 Wound Healing in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    Part 2 Acute Cholecystitis
    6 Gallstone Ileus
    7 Acute Pancreatitis
    8 Acute Appendicitis
    9 Non-Specific Abdominal Pain
    10 Perforated Gastro-Duodenal Ulcer
    11 Gastric Outlet Obstruction
    12 Obstructing Colonic Tumor
    13 Acute Diverticulitis
    14 Small Bowel Obstruction
    15 Incarcerated Groin and Crural Hernias
    16 Incarcerated Incisional and Ventral Hernias
    17 Abdominal Trauma
    18 Acute Mesenteric Ischemia
    19 Gynecologic Emergencies
    20 Bedside Laparoscopy in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    21 Emergency Robotic Surgery for Acute Abdomen in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    22 Enhanced Recovery After Emergency Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    23 Antibiotics in Emergency General Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    24 Anesthesia and Emergency Laparoscopy in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    25 Imaging in Emergency Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    26 Emergency Laparoscopy in the Elderly and Frail Patient: Perioperative Nursing Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ferdinando Agresta, Fabio Cesare Campanile, Gabriele Anania, Carlo Bergamini, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Summary: Public health crises, such as COVID-19, natural disasters from wildfires to tornados, and human-caused emergencies, including mass shootings and cyberattacks, have been on the rise in recent years, putting health care organizations on high alert. Because of the unpredictability of emergencies, The Joint Commission champions an all-hazards approach to emergency management (EM), reflected in its requirements. Emergency Management in Health Care: All All-Hazards Approach, 5th edition, is a comprehensive, up-to-date resource to help all types of health care organizations plan for a wide range of emergencies. This new edition has been completely revised to reflect The Joint Commission’s new “Emergency Management” chapter for hospitals and critical access hospitals (effective July 1, 2022) and continues to address the EM planning needs of all health care settings. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library [2022]
  • Digital
    edited by Rachel L. Chin, Bradley W. Frazee ; associate editor, Zlatan Coralid.
    Summary: The diagnosis and treatment of infectious disease represents a large and very important part of emergency medicine practice. Challenges faced by acute care practitioners on a daily basis range from the definitive treatment and discharge of a patient with a simple abscess, to recognition of a rare infection in a traveler, to resuscitation and stabilization of a patient with septic shock. In this second edition of Emergency Management of Infectious Diseases, we have endeavored to produce a practical, clinically oriented, systems-based overview of the most important infectious diseases encountered in emergency practice. Our textbook covers the gamut of common viral, bacterial, fungal, and parasitic infections. For each disease, we briefly discuss microbiology, pathophysiology, and epidemiology, but the emphasis is on emergent diagnosis and treatment. The narrative is supplemented with photographs and tables highlighting key diagnostic findings and current antimicrobial recommendations, including dosing. Acute care practitioners also act as sentinels for outbreaks of communicable and emerging infections, and are likely to be the first to encounter victims of biological weapons. In this edition, we include chapters on recent emerging infections such as Ebola and Zika, as well as rare but deadly infectious agents that can be weaponized, such as anthrax and smallpox. We hope that our textbook can be of use to every type of practitioner that cares for patients with infectious diseases, including emergency physicians, primary care physicians and specialists, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, residents, and medical students. We thank the many nationally and internationally respected clinicians, educators, and researchers who contributed, and hope that this second edition of Emergency Management of Infectious Diseases will prove an invaluable reference for practitioners confronting the spectrum of infectious disease.--Preface
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Ioannis Koutroulis, Nicholas Tsarouhas ; associate editors, Richard J. Lin, Jill C. Posner, Michael Seneff, Robert Shesser.
    Summary: "The idea of writing this book was born in early 2016; we knew that the road would be bumpy, yet exciting! We are thrilled to introduce the first edition of our manual to assist healthcare providers in managing our very unique patients with various hardware devices. These "hi-tech" devices help our patients breathe, walk, hear, and do a host of other essential activities of daily living. Importantly, when these patients seek emergency care due to device malfunction, infections, or other complications, it is crucial that the medical provider know how to manage both the patient, as well as the device"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cerebral-Ventricular Shunts






















    Panagiotis Kratimenos (pkratimenos@gmail.com), Chima Oluigbo (coluigbo@childrensnational.org), Angela Burd (aburd@childrensnational.org) 15. Initial Evaluation and Management of Patients with Neurosurgical Devicess




































    Peter J. Madsen; Chariton Moschopoulos, Benjamin C. Kennedy "SECTION 5 Miscellaneous devices 16.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Christian Ventura, Edward Denton, Emily Van Court ; with contributions by Pilar Nava-Parada.
    Summary: Emergency medical service providers serve as the primary immediate response to emergencies of all kinds, including natural disasters and acts of terrorism in the United States, with states serving as the regulatory agencies responsible for training, scope of practice, and continuing education for potential and working EMS providers. This text serves as a comprehensive guide to individuals in training to become emergency medical service providers and complements Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) and Emergency Medical Responder (EMR) courses as the primary classroom text consistent with National EMS Curriculum Standards and other industry guidelines. Each chapter addresses a relevant organ system and its physiology, methods of assessment, treatment recommendations, along with a case study to illustrate the topics at hand. So much of what is involved in emergency medical services is based on practical and applicable knowledge of situations, and these case studies will provide students with exposure to the field work they will be responding to. Written with the context of COVID-19 implications in mind, this is first EMT text of its kind produced after the onset of the pandemic, with considerations and citations from national and international emergency medicine journals to incorporate guidelines and best-practices in light of shifting conditions and expectations.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by David C. Cone, Jane H. Brice, Theodore R. Delbridge, J. Brent Myers.
    Summary: Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight is the official textbook of the National Association of EMS PhysiciansTM (NAEMSPTM) National EMS Medical Directors Course and PracticumTM. Now paired with a companion website featuring self-assessment exercises, audio and video clips of EMS best practices in action, and more, this essential study aid guides students through the core knowledge they need to successfully complete their training and begin their careers as EMS physicians. Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight consists of: Volume 1: Clin.

    Contents:
    V. 1. Clinical aspects of EMS
    v. 2. Medical oversight of EMS.
    Digital Access Wiley v.1-2=, 2015
  • Digital
    edited by editor-in-chief, David C. Cone, editors, Jane H. Brice, Theodore R. Delbridge, J. Brent Myers.
    Summary: "Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight is the official textbook of the National Association of EMS Physicians. National EMS Medical Directors Course and Practicum. Now paired with a companion website featuring self-assessment exercises, audio and video clips of EMS best practices in action, and more, this essential study aid guides students through the core knowledge they need to successfully complete their training and begin their careers as EMS physicians. Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight consists of: Volume 1: Clinical Aspects of EMS Volume 2: Medical Oversight of EMS Companion website featuring supportive self-assessment exercises, audio and video clips"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    V. 1. Clinical Aspects of EMS
    v. 2. Medical Oversight of EMS.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    editor, James G. Adams ; associate editors, Erik D. Barton [and others].
    Summary: Be prepared to manage increasingly prevalent problems seen in the ED, such as emergent complications of fertility treatment and management of patients who have had bariatric surgery. Deliver high-quality care to your younger patients with expanded pediatrics content. Stay up to date with new chapters on Clotting Disorders and Hemophilia, Patient-Centered Care, Health Disparities and Diversity in Emergency Medicine, Cost-Effectiveness Analysis, Antibiotic Recommendations for Empirical Treatment of Selected Infectious Diseases, and Cardiac Emergency Ultrasound: Evaluation for Pericardial Effusion & Cardiac Activity.

    Contents:
    Basic Airway Management
    Advanced Airway Techniques
    Mechanical Ventilation
    Shock
    Emergency Cardiac Ultrasound : Evaluation for Pericardial Effusion and Cardiac Activity
    Ultrasound-Guided Vascular Access
    Management of Cardiac Arrest and Post-Cardiac Arrest Syndrome
    Trauma Resuscitation
    Sonography for Trauma
    Procedural Sedation
    Resuscitation in Pregnancy
    Neonatal Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
    Pediatric Resuscitation
    General Approach to the Pediatric Patient
    Emergencies in the First Weeks of Life
    Emergencies in Infants and Toddlers
    Child with a Fever
    Approach to the Pediatric Patient with a Rash
    Pediatric Cardiac Disorders
    Pediatric Genitourinary and Renal Disorders
    Pediatric Gynecologic Disorders
    Pediatric Abdominal Disorders
    Pediatric Trauma
    Pediatric Traumatic Brain Injury
    Pediatric Orthopedic Emergencies
    Eye Emergencies
    Ear Emergencies
    Dental Emergencies
    Pharynx and Throat Emergencies
    Maxillofacial Disorders
    Esophageal Disorders
    Diseases of the Stomach
    Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Mesenteric Ischemia
    Diverticulitis
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Constipation
    Hernias
    Appendicitis
    Bowel Obstructions
    Anorectal Disorders
    Liver Disorders
    Pancreatic Disorders
    Biliary Tract Disorders
    Emergency Biliary Ultrasonography
    Gastrointestinal Devices, Procedures, and Imaging
    Complications of Bariatric Surgery
    Asthma
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Lung Infections
    Pneumothorax
    Pleural Effusion
    Lung Transplant Complications
    Chest Pain
    Acute Coronary Syndrome
    Cardiac Imaging and Stress Testing
    Congestive Heart Failure
    Bradyarrhythmias
    Tachydysrhythmias
    Pericarditis, Pericardial Tamponade, and Myocarditis
    Cardiac Valvular Disorders
    Endocarditis
    Management of Emergencies Related to Implanted Cardiac Devices
    Syncope
    Aortic Dissection
    Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Aortic Ultrasound
    Peripheral Arterial Disease
    Hypertensive Crisis
    Pulmonary Embolism
    Venous Thrombosis
    Lower Extremity Venous Ultrasonography
    Traumatic Brain Injury (Adult)
    Imaging of the Central Nervous System
    Spine Trauma and Spinal Cord Injury
    Facial Trauma
    Penetrating Neck Trauma
    Thoracic Trauma
    Blunt Abdominal Trauma
    Penetrating Abdominal Trauma
    Pelvic Fractures
    Genitourinary Trauma
    Hip and Femur Injuries
    Knee and Lower Leg Injuries
    Foot and Ankle Injuries
    Tendinitis and Bursitis
    Injuries to the Shoulder Girdle and Humerus
    Forearm Fractures
    Hand and Wrist Injuries
    Arterial and Venous Trauma and Great Vessel Injuries
    Acute Compartment Syndromes
    Low Back Pain
    Intimate Partner Violence
    Altered Mental Status and Coma
    Cranial Nerve Disorders
    Vertigo
    Peripheral Nerve Disorders
    Demyelinating Disorders
    Seizures
    Transient Ischemic Attack and Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Headache
    Intracranial and Other Central Nervous System Lesions
    Intracranial Hemorrhages
    Delirium and Dementia
    Neurologic Procedures
    Allergic Disorders
    Joint Disorders
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Connective Tissue and Inflammatory Disorders
    Vasculitis Syndromes
    Male Genitourinary Emergencies
    Nephrolithiasis
    Hematuria
    Renal Failure
    Emergency Renal Ultrasonography
    Dialysis-Related Emergencies
    Renal Transplant Complications
    The Healthy Pregnancy
    Disorders of Early Pregnancy
    First Trimester Ultrasonography
    Third Trimester Pregnancy Emergencies
    Emergency Delivery and Peripartum Emergencies
    Postpartum Emergencies
    Gynecologic Pain and Vaginal Bleeding
    Complications of Gynecologic Procedures, Abortion, and Assisted Reproductive Technology
    Gynecologic Infections
    Breast Disorders
    Sexual Assault
    Emergency Contraception
    Heat-Related Emergencies
    Hypothermia and Frostbite
    Lightning and Electrical Injuries
    Dysbarisms, Dive Injuries, and Decompression Illness
    Submersion Injuries
    Acute Radiation Emergencies
    Smoke Inhalation
    Chemical and Nuclear Agents
    Mammalian Bites
    Venomous Snakebites in North America
    Arthropod Bites and Stings
    Non-Snake Reptile Bites
    Marine Food-Borne Poisoning, Envenomation, and Traumatic Injuries
    General Approach to the Poisoned Patient
    Acetaminophen, Aspirin, and NSAIDs
    Anticholinergics
    Insecticides, Herbicides, and Rodenticides
    Antidepressants and Antipsychotics
    Cardiovascular Drugs
    Sympathomimetics
    Hallucinogens and Drugs of Abuse
    Toxic Alcohols
    Hydrocarbons
    Inhaled Toxins
    Ethanol and Opioid Intoxication and Withdrawal
    Sedative-Hypnotic Agents
    Hypoglycemic Agent Overdose
    Over-the-Counter Medications
    Pediatric Overdoses
    Fluid Management
    Acid-Base Disorders
    Alcoholic Ketoacidosis
    Diabetes and Hyperglycemia
    Hypoglycemia
    Sodium and Water Balance
    Potassium
    Calcium, Magnesium, and Phosphorus
    Thyroid Disorders
    Adrenal Crisis
    Rhabdomyolysis
    Pituitary Apoplexy
    Meningitis, Encephalitis, and Brain Abscess
    Sepsis
    Infections in the Immunocompromised Host
    Viral Infections
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
    Fungal Infections
    Helminths, Bedbugs, Scabies, and Lice Infections
    Tetanus
    Rabies
    Tick-Borne Diseases
    Tuberculosis
    Epidemic Infections in Bioterrorism
    Food- and Water-Borne Infections
    Skin and Soft Tissue Infections
    Antibiotic Recommendations
    Wound Repair
    Soft Tissue Injury
    Local and Regional Anesthesia
    Thermal Burns
    Chemical Burns
    Approach to the Adult Rash
    Rash in the Severely Ill Patient
    The Emergency Psychiatric Assessment
    Psychosis and Psychotropic Medication
    The Violent Patient
    Self-Harm and Danger to Others
    Anxiety and Panic Disorders
    Conversion Disorder, Psychosomatic Illness, and Malingering
    Addiction
    Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia Nervosa
    Introduction to Oncologic Emergencies
    Cardiovascular and Neurologic Oncologic Emergencies
    White Blood Cell Disorders
    Emergency Management of Red Blood Cell Disorders
    Platelet Disorders
    Bleeding Disorders
    Leadership and Emergency Medicine
    Quality and Patient Safety in Emergency Medicine
    Conflict Resolution in Emergency Medicine
    Informed Consent and Assessing Decision-Making Capacity in the Emergency Department
    Regulatory and Legal Issues in the Emergency Department
    Medical-Legal Issues in Emergency Medicine
    Documentation
    Ethics of Resuscitation
    Emergency Medical Services and Disaster Medicine
    Patient-Centered Care
    Health Care Disparities and Diversity in Emergency Medicine
    Introduction to Cost-Effectiveness Analysis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey Nursing
  • Print
    Anthony F.T. Brown, Michael D. Cadogan.
    Summary: The eighth edition of this international bestselling emergency medicine handbook has been completely revised and updated to include the latest evidence-based guidelines and treatment protocols underpinning best practice in emergency medical care. Carefully designed to suit the needs of interns and resident doctors working in the emergency department as well as specialist trainees, the book covers the full range of emergencies - general medical, infectious disease and foreign travel-related, toxicological, surgical, paediatric, obstetric and gynaecological, ophthalmic and psychiatric - as well as practical procedures and administrative and legal issues.

    Contents:
    SECTION I. CRITICAL CARE EMERGENCIES
    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation-- Acute Upper Airway Obstruction --Shocked Patient
    Unconscious Patient - Anaphylaxis
    Severe Head Injury
    Critical Care Areas Drug Infusion Guidelines
    Further Reading SECTION II. GENERAL MEDICAL EMERGENCIES
    Chest Pain
    Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Breathless Patient
    Acute Gastroenterology Conditions
    Diabetic Coma And Pre-Coma
    Altered Conscious Level
    Acute Neurological Conditions - Headache
    Allergic Or Immunological Conditions
    Skin Disorders
    Elderly Patient
    Further Reading SECTION III. ACID-BASE, ELECTROLYTE AND RENAL EMERGENCIES
    Acid-Base Disturbances
    Electrolyte Disorders
    Acute Renal Failure
    Further Reading SECTION IV. INFECTIOUS DISEASE AND FOREIGN TRAVEL EMERGENCIES
    Febrile Neutropenic Patient
    Hepatitis
    Gastrointestinal Tract Infection
    Sexually Transmitted Diseases
    Needle stick And Sharps Incidents
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
    Tuberculosis
    Bites With Rabies Or Other Lyssavirus Risk
    Common Imported Diseases Of Travelers
    Pandemic Influenza
    Further Reading SECTION V. SURGICAL EMERGENCIES
    Multiple Injuries
    Further Diagnosis and Management of Multiple Injuries: Definitive Care
    Head And Facial Injuries
    Neck Injuries
    Chest Injuries
    Abdominal and Pelvic Trauma
    Additional Orthopedic Injuries In Multiple Trauma
    Head Injury - Burns
    Acute Abdomen
    Further Reading SECTION VI. ORTHOPAEDIC EMERGENCIES
    Injuries to the Shoulder and Upper Arm
    Injuries to the Elbow and Forearm
    Injuries To The Wrist And Hand
    Cervical Spine Injuries
    Thoracic and Lumbar Spine Injuries
    Pelvic Injuries
    Injuries to the Hip and Upper Femur
    Injuries to the Lower Femur, Knee and Upper Tibia
    Injuries to the Lower Tibia, Ankle and Foot
    Further Reading SECTION VII. MUSCULOSKELETAL AND SOFT-TISSUE EMERGENCIES
    Soft-Tissue Injuries
    Acute Arthropathy
    Non-Articular Rheumatism
    Back Pain
    Further Reading SECTION VIII. PAEDIATRIC EMERGENCIES
    General Assessment
    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
    Breathless Child - Stridor
    Abdominal Pain, Diarrhoea and Vomiting
    Febrile Child
    Seizures and Febrile Convulsions
    Acute Poisoning
    Limping Child
    Sudden Unexpected Death in Infancy
    Child Abuse (Non-Accidental Injury)
    Further Reading SECTION IX. OBSTETRIC AND GYNAECOLOGICAL EMERGENCIES
    Gynaecological Assessment and Management
    Gynaecological Causes of Acute Abdominal Pain
    Bleeding in Early Pregnancy
    Conditions in Late Pregnancy
    Women's Medicine Crises
    Further Reading SECTION X. OPHTHALMIC EMERGENCIES
    Visual Acuity
    Topical Ophthalmic Preparations
    Traumatic Conditions of the Eye
    Conditions Affecting The Eyelids
    Painful, Red Eye
    Sudden Loss of Vision in the Uninflamed Eye
    Further Reading SECTION XI. ENT EMERGENCIES
    Traumatic Conditions of the Ear
    Non-Traumatic Conditions of the Ear
    Traumatic Conditions of the Nose
    Non-Traumatic Conditions Of The Nose
    Traumatic Conditions of the Throat
    Non-Traumatic Conditions of the Throat
    Further Reading SECTION XII. MAXILLOFACIAL AND DENTAL EMERGENCIES
    Traumatic Conditions of the Face and Mouth
    Non-Traumatic Conditions of the Mouth
    Further Reading SECTION XIII. PSYCHIATRIC EMERGENCIES
    Deliberate Self-Harm
    Violent Patient
    Alcohol and Drug Dependency and Abuse
    Involuntary Admission
    Further Reading SECTION XIV. TOXICOLOGY
    Acute Poisoning: General Principles
    Specific Poisons
    Chemical Burns
    Further Reading SECTION XV. TOXINOLOGY EMERGENCIES
    Snake Bites
    Spider Bites
    Marine Envenomation
    Bee and Wasp Stings
    Further Reading SECTION XVI. ENVIRONMENTAL EMERGENCIES
    Heat, Cold and Drowning
    Sports-Diving Accidents
    Electrocution and Lightning Strike
    Further Reading SECTION XVII. ADMINISTRATIVE AND LEGAL ISSUES
    Habits of a Good Emergency Department Doctor - Triage
    Consent, Competence and Refusal of Treatment
    Police, Coroner and Attending Court
    Retrieval and Inter-Hospital Transfer
    Major Incident
    Further Reading SECTION XVIII. PRACTICAL PROCEDURES
    Endotracheal Intubation
    Rapid Sequence Induction Intubation - Cricothyrotomy
    Needle Thoracentesis
    Intercostal Catheter Insertion
    Dc Cardioversion
    Pericardial Aspiration
    Central Line Insertion
    Intraosseous Line Insertion
    Lumbar Puncture
    Indwelling Urethral Catheter Insertion
    Nasogastric Tube Insertion
    Bier's Intravenous Regional Block
    Femoral Nerve Block
    Digital Nerve Ring Block
    Knee Aspiration
    Further Reading
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Adam J. Rosh, Ciara J. Barclay-Buchanan.
    Contents:
    Chest pain and cardiac dysrhythmias
    Shortness of breath
    Abdominal and pelvic pain
    Trauma, shock, and resuscitation
    Fever
    Poisoning and overdose
    Altered mental status
    Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Musculoskeletal injuries
    Headache, weakness, and dizziness
    Pediatrics
    Vaginal bleeding
    Ultrasound in the emergency department
    Environmental exposures
    Eye pain and visual change
    Prehospital, disaster, and administration
    Wound care
    Endocrine emergencies
    Psychosocial disorders
    Emerging infections.
  • Print
    Adam J. Rosh, Ciara J. Barclay-Buchanan.
    Summary: "The trusted resource that asks the right questions so that you'll will be equipped with the answers. Emergency Medicine : PreTest® is the perfect way to ensure that you are prepared for the Emergency Medicine shelf exam. Written by clerkship faculty and reviewed by students who know what it takes to pass, Emergency Medicine : PreTest® is perfect for clerkship exam review and the USMLE Step 2CK. You'll find hundreds of high-yield questions, along with targeted answers explaining both correct and incorrect choices. This new edition has been heavily revised to reflect the latest information and practice, including a new chapter on professionalism, communication and ethics. 570 USMLE-style Q & A cover core topics on the clerkship exam. Complete explanations explain each answer option. Answer discussions highlight essential topics for high-yield review. Tested and reviewed by students who know what it takes to pass."--Taken from back cover

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Acknowledgments
    Chest pain and cardiac dysrhythmias. Questions ; Answers
    Shortness of breath. Questions ; Answers
    Abdominal and pelvic pain. Questions ; Answers
    Trauma, shock, and resuscitation. Questions ; Answers
    Fever. Questions ; Answers
    Poisoning and overdose. Questions ; Answers
    Altered mental status. Questions ; Answers
    Gastrointestinal bleeding. Questions ; Answers
    Musculoskeletal injuries. Questions ; Answers
    Headache, weakness, and dizziness. Questions ; Answers
    Pediatrics. Questions ; Answers
    Vaginal bleeding. Questions ; Answers
    Ultrasound in emergency medicine. Questions ; Answers
    Environmental exposures. Questions ; Answers
    Eye pain and visual change. Questions ; Answers
    Prehospital, disaster, and administration. Questions ; Answers
    Wound care. Questions ; Answers
    Endocrine emergencies. Questions ; Answers
    Psychosocial disorders. Questions ; Answers
    Emerging infectious diseases. Questions ; Answers
    Professionalism, ethics, and communication. Questions ; Answers
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC86.9 .R67 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Emmanouil Pikoulis, Jay Doucet, editors.
    Summary: The number of natural and man-made disasters has risen dramatically over the last decade. Natural disasters, industrial accidents and terrorist attacks represent major incidents, often involving multiple casualties. In such cases, health professionals face multiple challenges because the type of medical care required differs from what is taught and provided in their everyday hospital duties. The aim of this book is to inform and prepare healthcare professionals for the challenges posed by major incidents, so that they can act effectively in medical teams sent on humanitarian missions or into conflict zones. It offers a holistic and horizontal approach covering all stages of the disaster management cycle. The book is divided into 5 sections: section 1: prehospital emergency services; section ii: hospital response; section iii: management of incidents; section iv: after the disaster; and section v: evaluation, ethical issues, education and research. Healthcare providers will find essential information on the special medical considerations in both prehospital and hospital disaster settings, medical management of disaster response, recovery, mitigation and preparedness. The book offers an interdisciplinary and interprofessional approach, and was written by prominent researchers and experienced practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joseph J. Violaris [and 6 others].
    Summary: This state-of-the-art book provides a concise and up-to-date review of key emergency medicine topics in a predominantly visual format along with extensive practice questions to assist in preparing for the emergency medicine board exams. It is comprised of numerous illustrations, created by Dr. Joseph Violaris, which are specifically tailored toward the visual learner studying and preparing for board exams in emergency medicine. The book is organized by organ system, with chapters on ophthalmology, cardiology, pulmonology, gastroenterology, nephrology, orthopedics, immunology, and more. Special chapters that conclude the book are dedicated to trauma, pediatrics, toxicology, environmental disorders, and epidemiology. Each chapter contains a visual learning guide followed by board practice questions at the end to reinforce topics addressed in the illustrations. Emergency Medicine Board Review for the Visual Learner is an essential guide for medical students, residents, and fellows in emergency and internal medicine studying for board exams as well as EM physicians and related professionals preparing for recertification.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: HENT
    1.1 HENT Review Questions
    1.2 HENT Review Answers
    2: Ophthalmology
    2.1 Ophthalmology Review Questions
    2.2 Ophthalmology Review Answers
    3: Cardiology
    3.1 Cardiology Review Questions
    3.2 Cardiology Review Answers
    4: Pulmonology
    4.1 Pulmonology Review Questions
    4.2 Pulmonology Review Answers
    5: Gastroenterology
    5.1 Gastroenterology Review Questions
    5.2 Gastroenterology Review Answers
    6: Nephrology and Urology
    6.1 Nephrology and Urology Review Questions
    6.2 Nephrology and Urology Review Answers 7: Obstetrics and Gynecology
    7.1 Obstetrics and Gynecology Review Questions
    7.2 Obstetrics and Gynecology Review Answers
    8: Orthopedics
    8.1 Orthopedics Review Questions
    8.2 Orthopedics Review Answers
    9: Dermatology
    9.1 Dermatology Review Questions
    9.2 Dermatology Review Answers
    10: Metabolic Disturbances and Endocrinology
    10.1 Endocrinology Review Questions
    10.2 Endocrinology Review Answers
    11: Immunology
    11.1 Immunology Review Questions
    11.2 Immunology Review Answers
    12: Infectious Disease
    12.1 Infectious Disease Review Questions 12.2 Infectious Disease Review Answers
    13: Neurology
    13.1 Neurology Review Questions
    13.2 Neurology Review Answers
    14: Hematology and Oncology
    14.1 Hematology and Oncology Review Questions
    14.2 Hematology and Oncology Review Answers
    15: Psychology
    15.1 Psychiatry Review Questions
    15.2 Psychiatry Review Answers
    16: Trauma
    16.1 Trauma Review Questions
    16.2 Trauma Review Answers
    17: Pediatrics
    17.1 Pediatrics Review Questions
    17.2 Pediatrics Review Answers
    18: Toxicology
    18.1 Toxicology Review Questions
    18.2 Toxicology Review Answers 19: Environmental Disorders
    19.1 Environmental Disorders Review Questions
    19.2 Environmental Disorders Review Answers
    20: Epidemiology
    20.1 Epidemiology Review Questions
    20.2 Epidemiology Review Answers
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    40
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    51
  • Digital
    editors and chief, William G. Gossman, MD, FAAEM, Chairman, Department of Emergency Medicine, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, Nebraska, Scott H. Plantz, MD, FAAEM, Associate Professor of Emergency Medicine, University of Louisville Emergency Medicine Residency, Louisville, Kentucky.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    editors, Katherine M. Bakes, Jennie A. Buchanan, Marie E. Moreira, Richard Byyny, and Peter T. Pons
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Alex Koyfman, Brit Long.
    Summary: Trauma is a leading cause of death and disability around the world, and the leading cause of death in those aged under forty-five years. Conditions such as airway obstruction, hemorrhage, pneumothorax, tamponade, bowel rupture, vascular injury, and pelvic fracture can cause death if not appropriately diagnosed and managed. This essential book provides emergency physicians with an easy-to-use reference and source for traumatic injury evaluation and management in the emergency department. It covers approaches to common, life-threatening, and traumatic diseases in the emergency department, for use on shift and as a reference for further learning. Each chapter includes a succinct overview of common traumatic injuries, with evaluation and management pearls and pitfalls. Highly illustrated with images from one of the busiest trauma centers in the US, and featuring expert contributions from a diverse set of attending physicians, this is an essential text for all emergency medicine practitioners.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 General Approach to Traumatic Injuries; Introduction; The Trauma Team; Emergency Medical Services (EMS); Primary Survey; A
    Airway (Key Question: Do We Need to Take Control of the Airway Right Now?); B
    Breathing (Key Questions: Are Chest Tubes Required? Is There Bleeding in the Chest?); C
    Circulation (Key Question: Where Are They Bleeding and Do They Need Blood?); Hypotension/Shock; D
    Disability (Key Question: Is There a Major Neurologic Deficit?); E
    Expose (Key Question: What Injuries Haven't Been Found Yet?); Secondary Survey; Imaging; Trauma Bay Imaging; CT Scans; Disposition and Ongoing Care; References; Chapter 2 Trauma Airway; Important Considerations for Airway Management in Trauma Patients; Consider Pre-existing Difficult Airway; Trauma Immobilization; Mechanical Distortion of the Airway and Contiguous Structures; Indications for Airway Intervention; Traumatic Injuries with Associated Difficult Airways; Closed Head Injury; Maxillofacial Trauma; Direct Airway Trauma; Cervical Spine Injury; Thoracic Trauma; Burns; Rapid-Sequence Intubation (RSI)Rapid Sequence Intubation (RSI): The Technique; P
    Plan B; P
    Predict a Difficult Intubation; L
    Look Externally; E
    Evaluate Internally: The 3-3-2 Rule; M
    Mallampati; O
    Obstruction; N
    Neck mobility; S
    Saturation; P
    Prepare; P
    Preoxygenate; P
    Position; P
    Put to Sleep; P
    Paralyze; P
    Pass the Tube; Video Laryngoscopy; The GlideScope; The C-MAC; P
    Prove Placement; P
    Post-Intubation Management; Ventilator Settings; Post-Intubation Ventilator Settings; Post-Intubation Sedation/Analgesia; Post-Intubation Paralysis; P
    Problem Solving; Difficult Intubation; Devices That Facilitate Intubation; Endotracheal Tube Introducer; Flexible Fiberoptic Bronchoscope (FFB); Devices That Temporarily Substitute for Endotracheal Intubation; Supraglottic Airways; Laryngeal Mask Airway (LMA), the Intubating Laryngeal Mask Airway (ILMA), and the i-Gel; The Failed Airway; Surgical Airway; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3 Transfusion in Trauma; Introduction; Blood Products; Negatives of Crystalloid Resuscitation; Trauma Coagulopathy and the Lethal Triad; Damage Control Resuscitation; Permissive Hypotension; Minimal Volume Normotension; Balanced Resuscitation; Primary Literature for MTP; PROMMTT; PROPPR; When Should Massive Transfusion Be Activated?; How to Run MTP; Other Products; Tranexamic Acid (TXA); Calcium; PCC; Factor VII; Product Guided Resuscitation; Resuscitation Goals; Anticoagulants; Transfusion Complications; Controversies
    Whole Blood; References; Chapter 4 Trauma in Pregnancy; Epidemiology; Anatomical Changes in Pregnancy; Physiologic Changes in Pregnancy; Overview of Initial Evaluation and Management; Airway; Breathing; Circulation; Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation; Peri-Mortem Cesarean Section Procedure.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Leonard E. Swischuk, Siddharth P. Jadhav.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide to the radiologic evaluation of acute musculoskeletal injuries of the upper and lower extremities in children. It covers the detection of more subtle and frequently missed fractures and injuries such as buckle fractures, Salter Harris I and II fractures, and epiphyseal and metaphyseal fractures. It also emphasizes the assessment of soft tissues and periarticular fat pads, which can lead to discovery of the sites of bony injuries. Other pathologies that affect the musculoskeletal system, such as infections and tumors, are also discussed. It includes over 600 magnetic resonance, computed tomography, ultrasound, and radiographic images organized by anatomic region.

    Contents:
    General Considerations
    Infection/Inflammation and Infarction
    Tumors, Cysts and Tumor Mimickers
    Types of Fractures in Children
    Shoulder and Upper Arm Injuries of the Shoulder and Upper Humerus
    Elbow and Forearm
    Wrist and Hand
    Pelvis and Sacrum
    Hip and Femur/Femoral Shaft
    Knee and Leg
    Ankle and Foot
    Battered Child Syndrome/Non-Accidental Trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Karen L. Roos, editor.
    Summary: This book is an invaluable resource for the diagnosis and management of neurological illnesses in the emergency setting. It emphasizes the quality of prognosis to be contingent on the prompt management of these illnesses... Emergency Neurology, Second Edition is an excellent reference for neurologists, emergency room physicians, internists, neurology residents, emergency medicine residents, and internal medicine residents.

    Contents:
    1. Headache in the Emergency Department
    2. Low Back Pain Emergencies
    3. Dizziness and Vertigo Presentations in the Emergency Department
    4. Syncope
    5. Acute Visual Loss
    6. Diplopia, Third Nerve Palsies, and Sixth Nerve Palsies
    7. Facial Nerve Palsy
    8. Evaluation and Management of Acute Ischemic Stroke
    9. Intracerebral Hemorrhage
    10. Seizures and Status Epilepticus
    11. Central Nervous System Infections
    12. Guillain-Barré Syndrome
    13. Spinal Cord Compression and Myelopathies
    14. Movement Disorder Emergencies.-15. Encephalopathy
    16. Acute Respiratory Failure in Neuromuscular Disorders
    17. Coma, Disorders of Consciousness, and Brain Death
    18. Neurotoxicology Emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Julie K. Briggs, BSN, RN MHA, Valerie Aarne Grossman, MALS, BSH, RN, NE-BC.
    Summary: "The process of triage occurs in a variety of settings around the world, from the battlefield to the private medical office. Each venue may have different goals and practices are dependent upon the location of the incident or place of service, patient care needs and available medical resources., A triage process is essential to assist the care provider in prioritizing the needs of those seeking care, working to minimize or prevent a delay in care to the patient with the highest acuity risk. Triage methods and sources have evolved over many decades, and now address the needs of different practice settings"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Sven-Anders Solveborn.
    Summary: Emergency Orthopedics is a practical, up-to-date, and comprehensive manual on the diagnosis and treatment of emergency injuries and disorders of the locomotor system. Its problem-based structure, with each chapter addressing a particular symptom, is designed to allow the reader to rapidly locate hands-on advice. For each symptom, facts and findings that will assist in diagnosis are highlighted. Possible diagnoses are suggested according to the ICD-10 code, and the proposed treatment recommendations consider both short- and long-term aspects. The text is supported by exceptionally instructive illustrations, e.g., of examination techniques and reduction maneuvers. The author has extensive practical experience in emergency rooms as well as in sports medicine, research, and education. This book will be a treasure trove of information for all who work in the emergency room and will also be very useful for general practitioners, physiotherapists, and chiropractors.

    Contents:
    Major orthopaedic trauma
    Acute soft tissue injuries
    Foot injuries
    Foot pain
    Foot wounds
    Foot and ankle swelling
    Ankle injuries
    Ankle pain
    Lower leg injuries
    Lower leg pain
    Knee injuries
    Knee pain
    Knee swelling
    Knee locking
    Thigh injuries
    Thigh and groin pain
    Hip and pelvis injuries
    Hip pain in children
    Lumbar back pain
    Chest and lumbar back injuries
    Neck (cervical) injuries
    Cervical pain
    Shoulder injuries
    Shoulder pain
    Upper arm injuries
    Elbow injuries
    Elbow pain
    Forearm injuries
    Wrist injuries
    Wrist pain
    Hand injuries
    Hand infections
    Numbness of the hand, nerve injuries
    Burns
    Basic injection techniques
    Osteoporosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Daniel Purcell, Sneha A. Chinai, Brandon R. Allen, Moira Davenport, editors.
    Summary: This handbook provides a comprehensive, yet succinct guide to the evaluation, diagnosis, and treatment of various musculoskeletal/extremity disorders in the emergency department. It covers a wide variety of common patient presentations, advanced imaging interpretation, proper anesthetic implementation, and associated extremity reduction/immobilization techniques. Richly illustrated, it assists clinical decision making with high-yield facts, essential figures, and step-by-step procedural instruction. Emergency Orthopedics Handbook is an indispensable resource for all medical professionals that manage emergent orthopedic, musculoskeletal, and local extremity injury care.

    Contents:
    Key motor and sensory exam
    Anesthesia
    Acute compartment syndrome
    Joint arthrocentesis
    Dislocation(s)/Reduction(s)
    Immobilization
    Distal radius
    Wrist
    The hand
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by James A. Connolly, Anthony J. Dean, Beatrice Hoffmann, Robert D. Jarman.
    Summary: The editors are leaders in the development of the modality, and have assembled a team of experts to write the individual chapters in this authoritative text, covering all areas of this exciting and rapidly-developing field. The book also covers the basic ultrasound applications meaning it is ideal both for practitioners who are just beginning in ultrasound scanning and those who have many years of experience.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Rachel Lipson Glick, MD, Scott L. Zeller, MD, Jon S. Berlin, MD.
    Summary: "The field of emergency psychiatry is complex and varied, encompassing elements of general medicine, emergency medicine, trauma, acute care, the legal system, politics and bureaucracy, mental illness, substance abuse and addiction, current social issues, and more. In one comprehensive, highly regarded volume, Emergency Psychiatry: Principles and Practice brings together key principles from psychiatric subspecialties as well as from emergency medicine, psychology, law, medical ethics, and public health policy. Leading emergency psychiatrists write from their extensive clinical experience, providing evidence-based information, expert opinions, American Psychiatric Association guidelines, and case studies throughout the text. This fully up-to-date second edition covers all of the important issues facing psychiatry residents and practitioners working in today's emergency settings, or who encounter psychiatric emergencies in other medical settings. Provides complete, invaluable information on every aspect of today's emergency psychiatry, including the areas of community, consultation/liaison, psychotherapy, substance abuse, psychopharmacology, disasters, children, geriatrics, administration, forensics, and much more. Reflects significant recent advances and changes in perspectives regarding crisis and emergency mental health care. Features a newly reorganized format covering Models and Standards of Patient Care, Research, and Education; General Principles of Care; Staffing and Support; Common Presenting Problems; Special Populations; and Policy and Special Topics. Includes new chapters on psychiatric boarding, staffing models, and inclusion of the family in crisis care, as well as additional special population chapters on college students, transgender individuals, prisoners, and immigrants and refugees. Covers specific approaches to common problems, such as alignment of the approach to agitation with Project BETA recommendations, and includes evidence-based management and treatment throughout. Discusses special topics such as legal issues that emergency mental health providers must be aware of, emergency telepsychiatry, best practices for working with police and law enforcement, crisis phone services, and disaster psychiatry"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jorge A. Soto, Brian C. Lucey.
    Contents:
    Traumatic and nontraumatic emergencies of the brain, head, and neck / Glenn Barest, Asim Z. Mian, Rohini N. Nadgir and Osamu Sakai
    Chest trauma / Ryan T. Whitesell and Laura Avery
    Abdomen trauma / Joshua W. Stuhlfaut, Christina A. LeBedis, and Jorge A. Soto
    Extremity trauma / Rathachai Kaewlai and Ajay Singh
    Extremities : nontrauma / Luis E. Diaz
    Imaging evaluation of common pediatric emergencies / Jennifer C. Talmadge, Sarah Sarvis Milla, and Sarah Dantzler Bixby
    Traumatic and nontraumatic spine emergencies / Glenn D. Barest and Margaret N. Chapman
    Nontraumatic emergency radiology of the thorax / Alejandra Duran-Mendicuti, Scott White, Salvatore Viscomi, Michael Stella, and Aaron Sodickson
    Nontrauma abdomen / Stephan W. Anderson, Brian C. Lucey, and Jorge A. Soto
    Pelvic emergencies / Brian C. Lucey
    Vascular emergencies / Russ Kuker, Carlos A. Anaya, Ana Maria Gomez, and Felipe Muner
    Emergency nuclear radiology / Anna K. Chacko and Rashmikant B. Shah.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Mariano Scaglione, Ulrich Linsenmaier, Gerd Schueller, Ferco Berger, Stefan Wirth, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, systematic review of all facets of emergency radiology in patients with chest trauma or pain with the aim of equipping the reader with a detailed knowledge of the various radiological patterns, which is essential in order to make a prompt diagnosis under circumstances when time is of critical importance. To this end, the indications, value, and results of the various emergency imaging modalities, including sonography and interventional radiology, are described and illustrated in the full range of blunt chest injuries and nontraumatic chest emergencies. Technological aspects, protocols tailored to the mechanism of injury, and post-processing techniques are also extensively covered. Emergency Radiology of the Chest and Cardiovascular System will be of value to general and interventional radiologists, radiology residents, radiology technicians, and all physicians and surgeons who work in emergency care -- Cover.

    Contents:
    Part I: Blunt chest trauma
    Lung injury / Vittorio Miele ; Grazia Loretta Buquicchio ; Chaudia Lucia Piccolo ; Alessandro Stasolla ; Michele Galluzzo
    Injuries of the pleural spaces / Vittorio Miele ; Grazia Loretta Buquicchio ; Chaudia Lucia Piccolo ; Alessandro Stasolla ; Stefania Ianniello ; Luca Brunese
    Bony and thoracic chest wall injuries / Stefan Wirth ; Stephan Jansen
    Acute tracheobronchial injuries / Mariano Scaglione ; Roberto Ronza ; Chaudia Rossi ; Maria Teresa Martino ; Francesca Lacobellia ; Roberto Grassi ; Sujit Vaidya
    Esophageal injuries / Antonio Pinto ; Carlo Lignori ; Teresa Cinque ; Nicola Gagliardi ; Luigia Romano
    Blunt traumatic aortic injury / Ferco H. Berger ; Diederick W. De Boo
    Cardiac injuries / Ulrich Linsenmaier ; Lucas L. Geyer
    Traumatic diaphragmatic injuries / A. Olsen ; R. Nicola; C. Raptis ; M. Patlas
    Part II: Nontraumatic, nonvascular chest emergencies / Infection / P. Agarwai ; L. Romano; H. Prosch ; G. Schneiler
    Non-infectious parenchymal lung disease / G. Dalpiaz ; M. Piolanti
    Airway disease / Tullio Valente
    Pleural disease / Selen Bayraktaroglu ; Chiara Andreoli
    Part III: Vascular chest emergencies / Cardiac emergencies: acute chest pain / Florian Schwarz
    Acute aortic syndromes: aortic dissection, intramural haematoma and penetrating aortic ulcers / Elizabeth A. Dick ; Maureen Dumba ; Ali Alsafi ; John M. Curtis ; Elika Kashef
    Thoracic aortic aneurysms, fistula, and thrombus / Maria Cristina Firetto ; Marcello Petrini ; Francesco Sala ; Maurizio Domanin ; Giovanni Terribile ; Pietro Raimondo Biondetti
    Pulmonary embolism / Raffaella Basilico ; Mannela Mereu ; Rosa Lucia Patea ; Francesco D' Alessandro ; Paola Franchi ; Anna Rita Larici ; Antionio R. Cotroneo.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mariano Scaglione, Cem Çalli, Mario Muto, Stefan Wirth, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, systematic review of all facets of emergency radiology in patients with head and spine injuries. The aim is to equip readers with a detailed knowledge of the various radiological patterns that may be encountered, thereby facilitating prompt diagnosis under circumstances in which time is of crucial importance. The indications, value, and results of the various emergency imaging modalities, including interventional radiology, are described and illustrated in the full range of traumatic and nontraumatic head and spine emergencies. In addition, basic management principles and technological aspects are fully explained, and protocols tailored to the mechanism of injury are presented. Emergency Radiology of the Head and Spine will be of value to neuroradiologists, interventional neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, emergency radiologists, emergency physicians, radiology residents, radiology technicians, and all physicians and surgeons who work in emergency care.

    Contents:
    Part I Brain: Traumatic Emergent Injuries
    Imaging of Cranial and Facial Fractures
    Traumatic Haemorrhage
    Non Accidental Injuries. Part II Brain: Non-Traumatic Emergent Injuries
    Acute Stroke: Parenchymal and Vessel Imaging
    Acute Stroke: Management
    Nontraumatic Intracranial Hemorrhage
    Emergent CNS Infections, Inflammations and Tumors
    Toxic-Metabolic Encephalopathies
    Herniation Syndromes
    Basic Neuro-Interventional Spine Interventions
    Part III Spine: Traumatic Emergent Injuries
    Introduction: Traumatic Spinal Cord and Spine Injury. Stability and Instability Concepts
    Traumatic Emergent Injuries: Cranio-Cervical Junction
    Cervical Spine Injury
    Thoraco-Lumbar Spine
    Part IV Spine: Non-Traumatic Emergent Injuries
    Introduction
    Emergent Degenerative and Disc Diseases
    Vascular Injury of the Spinal Cord
    Emergent Tumors and Infections of the Spinal Cord
    Myelitis and Myelopathies
    Spinal Post-Operative Complications
    Basic Neurointerventional Therapeutic Approaches
    Emergency Paediatric Head and Neck
    Part V: Emergencies of the Face and Neck
    Neck Space Anatomy
    Traumatic and Non-Traumatic Head and Neck Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Abe Fingerhut, Ari Leppäniemi, Raul Coimbra, Andrew B. Peitzman, Thomas M. Scalea, Eric J. Voiglio, editors.
    Summary: This manual explains how to make the right decisions on the timing and selection of investigations and surgical procedures in emergency and urgent surgical settings and describes the most widely used procedures step by step with the aid of high-quality illustrations. The goal is to address the situations that can arise in almost any emergency department throughout the world, enabling the surgeon on call to acquire or sharpen the knowledge and skills needed to deal with acute surgical problems in the most appropriate way. The reader will gain a sound understanding of the most efficient diagnostic modalities, pre-, intra-, and postoperative decision-making, and surgical techniques and issues in particular circumstances. The manual stems from an initiative by members of the European Society of Trauma and Emergency Surgery (ESTES) and the American Association for the Surgery of Trauma (AAST) to set up and formalize Emergency Surgery Courses to provide specific training in emergency and acute care surgery. It represents a didactic accompaniment to the course that will guide the beginner and maintain a certain degree of standardization among the more experienced.

    Contents:
    Generalities: Intra-operative Strategy: Open Surgical Approach
    Leading Symptoms
    Management options: non-operative versus operative management
    Pathophysiology
    Post-operative complications
    When To Operate After Failed Non-operative Management. Techniques: Laparoscopy
    Laparotomy (Open surgery)
    Lower gastrointestinal endoscopy
    Percutaneous interventions
    Upper gastrointestinal endoscopy. By organ: Appendix
    Biliary tree
    Colon & rectum
    Diaphragmatic Problems for the Emergency Surgeon
    Esophagus
    Female genital tract
    Liver
    Pancreas
    Proctology
    Small bowel
    Soft tissue (necrotizing)
    Stomach and duodenum
    Surgical emergencies related to abdominal wall hernia
    Thorax.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Francesco Piscioneri, Yoram Kluger, Luca Ansaloni, editors.
    Summary: This book is aimed at surgeons faced with the immediate management of acute surgical problems in a variety of resource settings. The topics covered are common in both developed and developing countries as well as in tropical and non-tropical settings. The book offers an introduction to trauma, which includes primary, secondary and tertiary surveys, trauma resuscitation, and multidisciplinary care followed by a short section on acute burns management and a discussion of a range of specific surgical topics including various of acute abdomen, upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding, perianal conditions, oncological issues that require acute intervention, abdominal wall problems, urological emergencies and neck swellings. It also addresses the rational use of antibiotics and medications and the role of high dependency units. Each chapter includes a flow chart algorithm with multiple endpoints that relate to the resource situations available to the surgeon. The book is of interest to clinicians dealing with changes in acute surgery and the increasing disparity between developed and developing countries.

    Contents:
    1 Changing face of acute surgery and increasing disparity between developed and developing countries
    2 Minimum requirements for an acute surgical facility
    3 Organisation of surgical systems
    4 rational use of antibiotics
    5 Pain management
    6 The acute abdomen-an overall synopsis
    7 Upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    8 Perianal conditions
    9 Oncological issues that require acute intervention
    10 Abdominal wall problems
    11 Breast
    12 Skin and soft tissue
    13 Urological emergencies
    14 Neck swellings
    15 ENT emergencies
    16 Trauma primary surveys
    17 Trauma secondary surveys
    18 Trauma tertiary surveys
    19 trauma resuscitation and multidisciplinary care
    20 acute burns management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Diego Foschi, Giuseppe Navarra, editors ; foreword by Paolo De Paolis.
    Summary: This comprehensive, multi-authored book covers all aspects of surgery on obese patients in emergency conditions. Obesity is a metabolic disease affecting a high percentage of world population. It involves marked anthropometric changes, affecting surgical practice and altering patients' ability to react to surgical stress. The prevalent comorbidities also affect the rate of complications and mortality after surgery. The obesity paradox, the ability of obese patients to survive emergency operations in spite of an increased risk of complications, is an effect of the widespread development of "Obesity Science". This volume discusses this science, examining the frailty of the obese patients and the main comorbidities that affect clinical practice, as well as the most frequent emergency situations after trauma, inflammatory diseases and the complications of bariatric surgery. With contributions from leading experts, it provides clinicians with detailed and updated information for better practice in this emerging field of surgery.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    1 The frailty of the obese patients and the effect of surgical stress
    2 Emergency anaesthesia in the obese patient
    3 Perioperative and intensive care management of the obese surgical patient
    4 Postoperative complications in ICU
    5 The ERAS protocol
    I CLINICAL SETTINGS IN OBESE PATIENTS
    6 Trauma and burns in obese patients
    7 Perforations of the upper gastrointestinal tract
    8 Acute Diverticolitis
    9 Acute appendicitis
    10 Pancreatic and biliary emergencies
    11 Bowel obstruction
    12 Abdominal compartment syndrome
    II CLINICAL SETTING AFTER BARIATRIC SURGERY
    13 The evolution and development of bariatric surgery
    14 Metabolic complications after b.s.: the faulse acute Abdomen
    15 Complications after bariatric surgery.: a general overview
    16 Complications of BIB therapy
    17 Complications of restrictive operation
    18 Upper G-I bleeding after bariatric surgery
    19 Peptic ulcer after bariatric surgery
    20 Bowel obstruction after bariatric surgery
    21 Acute peritonitis and abscess after bariatric surgery
    22 Anastomotic leakage after bariatric Surgery: from prevention to treatment
    23 Gallstones and related complications, cholecistitis and Cholangitis after bariatric surgery
    24 Emergencies After bariatric surgery: the role of flexible endoscopy and interventional radiology
    25 Extreme remedial surgery for b.s. acute complications
    26 Accreditation of the surgeon to emergency bariatric surgery
    27 Litigation after bariatric surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Michel Merle and Gilles Dautel ; coordinated by Lim Aymeric Y.T. ; foreword by L. Scott Levin ; illustrations by C. Witt-Deguillaume and C. Martinet.
    Contents:
    Regional anesthesia of the upper limb / I. Baeckelmans, E. Colling, J.-P. Galeazzi, J. Welter
    Emergency microsurgery of the upper extremity / Adrian Ooi, Amitabha Lahiri, Aymeric YT Lim
    Instrumentation and technical equipment / G. Dautel
    Injury assessment and operative strategy / M. Merle, A. Lim
    Sprains and dislocations of the fingers / F. Dap, M. Merle, T. Jager, A. Lim ; in collaboration with M. Isel
    Dislocations and fracture-dislocations of the carpometacarpal joints of the digits and the thumb / Ph. Chardel, Th. Jager, A. Lim
    Metacarpal and phalangeal fractures / by M. Merle, Th. Jager ; in collaboration with M. Isel, Iallemand, A., Lim, A., Durand, Ph. Voche
    Revascularization / G. Dautel
    Finger and hand soft tissue defects / G. Dautel
    Flexor tendon injuries / by M. Merle, Th. Jager, A. Lim ; in collaboration with M. Isel
    Injuries of the extensor apparatus / by M. Merle, A. Lim Th. Jager, L. Vaienti ; in collaboration with M. Isel, C. Camps, A. Durand
    Temporary amputations and permanent amputations / G. Dautel
    Nail trauma / G. Dautel
    Nerve injuries / M. Merle and A. Lim ; in collaboration with Th. Jager, L. Vaienti
    Digital replantations / G. Dautel, Ph. Voche
    Hand replantations / G. Loda
    The "tissue bank" / G. Dautel
    Dressing / G. Dautel and E. Lee
    Surgical treatment of hand infections / Th. Jager and R. Srisena.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Nicola de'Angelis, Salomone Di Saverio and Francesco Brunetti.
    Summary: This volume provides an overview of the current evidence-based medical and surgical practice in emergency conditions in colorectal cancer patients. It offers a multidisciplinary perspective, taking into account the specific characteristics of colorectal cancer patients, the necessary pre-operative assessment, the endoscopic and radiological management, and the surgical treatments. Each chapter is supplemented with tables, figures, key-point boxes, schematic representations, and decision-making trees that serve as easy-to-use tools to apply in the different scenarios requiring acute care. Recommendations for best practice and the main reference articles are included for each topic, as well as numerous illustrated clinical cases with cilnical and empirical evidence regarding the surgical management of colorectal cancer. Specific technical aspects of the different surgical interventions and approaches (e.g., open surgery, laparoscopy, and robotics) are also detailed. This book is intended for residents and emergency surgeons, as well as all practictioners who treat colorectal cancer patients, such as gastroenterologists, oncologists, and radiologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    James H. Paxton, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the placement of vascular access devices under emergent conditions, including the techniques and devices needed to achieve successful device deployment in even the most critically-ill patient. Up-to-date references and evidence for best practices are provided, informing both the novice and experienced healthcare provider. Each chapter is meticulously researched, including individual chapters focusing upon peripheral intravenous, intraosseous, central venous, and ultrasound-guided catheter placement. Device selection and emergent decision-making are discussed at length, including such crucial determinants as infusion flow rates, device limitations, issues with medication incompatibility, complications of line placement, and the relative indications and contraindications associated with various vascular access approaches. Emergent Vascular Access is an essential resource for any healthcare provider who places or manages vascular access devices in critically-ill patients, including emergency and ICU physicians, residents, rapid response providers, EMS paramedics, patient care technicians, medical students, and nurses.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. What is Emergent Vascular Access?
    Chapter 2. The Anatomy of Vascular Access
    Chapter 3. The Physiology and Physics of Vascular Access
    Chapter 4. Types of Vascular Access Devices
    Chapter 5. Peripheral Intravenous (PIV) Devices
    Chapter 6. Central Venous Catheter Devices
    Chapter 7. Intraosseous Devices
    Chapter 8. Alternative Vascular Access Solutions
    Chapter 9. What is Difficult Vascular Access (DVA)?
    Chapter 10. Decision-Making in Emergent Vascular Access
    Chapter 11. High-Risk Presentations (e.g., Cardiac Arrest, Shock, etc.)
    Chapter 12. The Future of Emergent Vascular Access.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Seyedmojtaba Seyedmousavi, G. Sybren de Hoog, Jacques Guillot, Paul E. Verweij, editors.
    Summary: The book will provide insights into epidemic and emerging mycoses in various animal groups. The different categories of pathogens and outbreak fungi are discussed. In an introductory chapter, the reader will be provided basic information on fungal infections that are non-transmissible, infections from a common environmental source known as sapronoses, and zoophilic fungal pathogens in various animal species and populations, worldwide. Chapter 2 details the vocabulary and terminology that is required in the scientific literature in order to maintain clarity of expression to the field of Mycology. Chapters 3 to 9 discuss epidemic mycoses with a reservoir in animals and occasional outbreaks, including dermatophytoses, coccidioidomycosis, histoplasmosis, paracoccidioidomycosis, adiaspiromycosis and similar diseases, blastomycosis, and paracoccidioidomycosis ceti (lacaziosis/lobomycosis). Chapters 10 to 15 comprise emerging mycoses in animals that include feline sporotrichosis, lethargic crab disease, emergence of C. gattii in animals and zoonotic potential, white-nose syndrome in hibernating bats, chytridiomycosis in frogs and salamanders and aspergillosis in cats. The last chapter is about treatment possibilities, antifungal use in veterinary practice, and emergence of resistance. The book will address medical and veterinary mycologists, microbiologists, veterinarians, infectious disease specialists, epidemiologists, ecologists, public health scientists from academia and industry as well as graduate students, PhD students and postdocs in the field.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Definitions, Terminology, Methods for classifications
    1.1. Emerging, pseudo-epidemic, endemic, zoonoses, dynamic, population genetics, epidemiology
    Section 2: Epidemic mycoses in animals
    2.1. Sporothricosis
    2.2. Coccidioidomycosis
    2.3. Histoplasmosis
    2.4. Dermatophytoses in animals
    2.5. Epidemics of black moulds and melanized yeasts in animals
    2.6. Penicilliosis
    Section 3: Emerging Mycoses in animals
    3.1. Cryptococcus gattii in animals
    3.2. Bat-white nose syndrome
    3.3. Chytridiomycosis
    3.4. Oomycetes in fish
    3.5. Emmonsia and adiaspiromycosis in animals
    Section 4: Genetic changes in fungi and evolution of resistance
    4.1. Antifungal treatment in animals and problem of resistance.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Anne C La Flamme, Jacqueline Montique Orian editors.
    Contents:
    The role of HLA in MS susceptibility and phenotype
    Sex-based differences in multiple sclerosis (Part I): biology of disease incidence
    Sex-based difference in multiple sclerosis (MS): Part II: rising incidence of multiple sclerosis in women and the vulnerability of men to progression of this disease
    The role of environment and lifestyle in determining the risk of multiple sclerosis
    Evidence for an association between Vitamin D and multiple sclerosis
    Photoimmunology and multiple sclerosis
    Modelling MS: chronic-relapsing EAE in the NOD/Lt mouse strain
    Developing biomarkers for MS
    Helminth Therapy for MS
    Self-assembling peptides form immune suppressive amyloid fibrils effective in autoimmune encephalomyelitis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Giovanni Rezza, Giuseppe Ippolito.
    Contents:
    Preface- emerging viruses: from early detection to intervention
    How to tackle natural focal infections: from risk assessment to vaccination strategies
    Human-animal interface: the case for influenza interspecies transmission
    Bats and emerging infections: an ecological and virological puzzle
    The Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus- a continuing risk to global health security
    Emerging Zika virus infection: a rapidly evolving situation
    Syrian hamsters as a small animal model for emerging infectious diseases: advances in immunologic methods
    Enabling rapid response to the 2014-2016 ebola epidemic: the experience and the results of the National Institute for Infectious Diseases Lazzaro Spallanzai
    Prioritization of high consequence viruses to improve European laboratory preparedness for cross-border health threats
    The potential of social media and internet-based data in preventing and fighting infectious diseases: from internet to Twitter
    Erratum: Emerging Zika virus infection: a rapidly evolving situation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Yashpal Singh Malik, Raj Kumar Singh, Mahendra Pal Yadav, editors.
    Summary: This book, which is the first volume of the book series-Livestock Diseases and Management, summarizes the prominence and implications of the emerging and transboundary animal viruses. Although the livestock plays an important role in the economy of many countries, the emerging and transboundary animal viral diseases possess a serious risk to the animal-agriculture sector and food security globally. The book describes the precise and up-to-date information on animal viral diseases which have emerged in the recent past or are re-emerging due to various environmental factors and those which are not bounded in restricted national boundaries and attained the transboundary status. The chapters summarize the recent advancements in the molecular state-of-art tools towards the development of diagnostics, prophylactics, and therapeutics of these viruses. It also explicitly describes the challenges imposed by the emerging and transboundary viral infections and our preparedness to counter them.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Emerging and Transboundary Animal Viral Diseases- perspectives and preparedness
    Chapter 2. African Swine Fever Virus
    Chapter 3. Classical Swine Fever Virus
    Chapter 4. Porcine Coronaviruses
    Chapter 5. Torque Teno Virus
    Chapter 6. Teschovirus
    Chapter 7. Animal Flaviviruses
    Chapter 8. Orbiviruses
    Chapter 9. Equine Influenza Virus
    Chapter 10. Schmallenberg Virus
    Chapter 11. Crimean-Congo Hemorrhagic Fever Virus
    Chapter 12. Porcine Reproductive and Respiratory Syndrome Virus
    Chapter 13. Peste Des Petits Ruminants Virus
    Chapter 14. Sapelovirus
    Chapter 15. Hepatitis E Viruses.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited Martin G. Pomper, Paul B. Fisher.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Quantitative radiology: applications to oncology
    Ch. 2. The intricate role of CXCR4 in cancer
    Ch. 3. Recent advances in nanoparticle-based nuclear imaging of cancers
    Ch. 4. Molecular-genetic imaging of cancer
    Ch. 5. Real-time fluorescence image-guided oncologic surgery
    Ch. 6. Cerenkov Imaging
    Ch. 7. Molecular imaging of the tumor microenvironment for precision medicine and theranostics
    Ch. 8. Tracking cellular and immune therapies in cancer
    Ch. 9. Developing MR probes for molecular imaging
    Ch. 10. Clinical translation of molecular imaging agents used in PET studies in cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Yunhui Zhang, editor.
    Summary: This book mainly focuses on advances made over the past 10 years on the exposure, metabolism, transformation, toxicity, molecular mechanism and biomarkers of emerging chemicals in humans. Emerging chemicals' pollution is a hot issue in the field of environmental health. Emerging chemicals refer to a class of compounds widely existing in the environment and potentially harmful to the ecological environment and human health. They are also the preferred substances for future environmental control. The list of emerging chemicals include human drugs and personal care products (PPCPs), endocrine disruptors (EDC), persistent organic pollutants (POPs), veterinary drugs and nanomaterials. However, the environmental and health hazard characteristics of most emerging chemicals are not clear. The aim of this book is to stimulate further research in new directions by providing novel and provocative insights into the exposure assessment and potential mechanisms of emerging chemicals in humans. It also offers a state-of-the-art report on recent discoveries concerning emerging chemicals and where the field is going.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Emerging chemicals of concern
    Environmental exposure of emerging chemicals and their effects on human health
    Air pollutants: exposure, effects on cardiopulmonary and metabolic disease, and regulation
    Plasticizers' exposure and reproductive& developmental health: phthalates and BPA
    Exposure assessment of UV filter and its effect on humans
    Heavy metals' exposure and children health
    Pesticides: environmental exposure, toxicity and mechanism
    Flame retardants: exposure, biomarkers and health risks
    Perfluorinated compounds' exposure and health effects in humans
    Environmental antibiotics: monitoring and health-based risk assessment
    Advances in nano-material and micro-plastics' research.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Akihiko Yoshimura, editor ; responsible series editor: Tasuku Honjo.
    Summary: "This volume reviews the current state of research on immune checkpoints and offers novel concepts. It discusses the two most important immune checkpoints: T lymphocyte-associated antigen-4 (CTLA-4) and programmed cell death-1 (PD-1). It shows that antagonistic antibodies against these two molecules are highly effective in the treatment of various cancers and that PD-1 and CTLA-4 have been linked to the suppression of T-cell receptor signaling and co-stimulatory molecules. Further, the volume examines other agents, a number of cells, receptors and signaling molecules, that are also involved in the regulation of T-cell activation and extends the concept of immune checkpoints to 'molecules and cells that negatively regulate T-cell activation'. Playing essential roles in immune homeostasis, they could offer new targets for cancer immunotherapy, and for the therapy of autoimmune diseases. Written by internationally respected scientists, this book will appeal to basic scientists, clinicians, drug development researchers, and advanced students alike." -- Back cover.

    Contents:
    Regulatory T cells: molecular and cellular basis for immunoregulation
    Overview of LAG-3-expressing, IL-10-producing regulatory T cells
    Regulatory dendritic cells
    Role of PD-1 in immunity and diseases
    CTLA-4, an essential immune-checkpoint for T cell activation
    Tim-3, Lag-3, and TIGIT
    SOCS1: regulator of T cells in autoimmunity and cancer
    Mining the complex family of protein tyrosine phosphatases for checkpoint regulators in immunity
    Immune regulation by ubiquitin tagging as checkpoint code
    MicroRNA in immune regulation.

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.